AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 14, 2004
Registration Statement No. 333-113568
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-1
Registration Statement
Under
the Securities Act of 1933
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
5065
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
36-2096643
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
||
40W267 Keslinger Road P.O. Box 393 LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393 (630) 208-2200 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) |
William G. Seils, Esq.
Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary Richardson Electronics, Ltd. P.O. Box 393 LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393 (630) 208-2200 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service) |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as possible after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 14, 2004
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock
We are offering 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq National Market and trades under the ticker symbol "RELL." On June 10, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $11.61 per share. In addition to the class of common stock offered by this prospectus, which has one vote per share and of which there were 11,084,747 shares outstanding as of June 10, 2004, we also had outstanding 3,170,931 shares of Class B common stock, substantially all of which are held by our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, Edward J. Richardson. Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share and may generally vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of our common stock.
We also expect to offer to exchange any and all of our outstanding 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2006 and 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2006 that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for an equal principal amount of new convertible senior subordinated notes, which we expect will mature in 2011. The exchange offer, if commenced, would be made by a separate prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. The exchange offer would not be contingent upon the closing of this offering. We expect to commence the exchange offer after the closing of this offering. See "The Exchange Offer."
Investing in our common stock involves risks.
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.
|
Per
Share |
Total
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Public Offering Price | $ | $ | ||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions | $ | $ | ||||
Proceeds to Richardson Electronics, Ltd. | $ | $ |
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 450,000 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about , 2004.
Jefferies & Company, Inc. | ||||
William Blair & Company | ||||
KeyBanc Capital Markets |
The date of this Prospectus is , 2004.
|
Page
|
|
---|---|---|
Prospectus Summary | 1 | |
Risk Factors | 11 | |
Forward-Looking Statements | 20 | |
Use of Proceeds | 21 | |
Market and Market Prices | 21 | |
Dividend Policy | 22 | |
Capitalization | 23 | |
Dilution | 25 | |
Selected Consolidated Financial Information | 26 | |
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 28 | |
The Exchange Offer | 46 | |
Our Business | 47 | |
Management | 56 | |
Principal Stockholders | 64 | |
Description of Our Capital Stock | 67 | |
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders | 73 | |
Underwriting | 76 | |
Legal Matters | 79 | |
Experts | 80 | |
Where You Can Find More Information | 80 | |
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with additional or different information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any circumstances in which the offer or solicitation is unlawful. You should not interpret the delivery of this prospectus, or any sale of securities, as an indication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. You should also be aware that information in this prospectus may change after this date.
When we use the terms "we," "us," "our," or the "Company" in this prospectus, we mean Richardson Electronics, Ltd. and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, unless we state or the context implies otherwise.
References in this prospectus to our "common stock" mean our common stock, $.05 par value per share; references to our "Class B common stock" mean our Class B common stock, $.05 par value per share; references to the "notes" mean the new convertible senior subordinated notes, which we expect will mature in 2011, that we expect to offer in the exchange offer; references to the "8 1 / 4 % debentures" mean our outstanding 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006; references to the "7 1 / 4 % debentures" mean our outstanding 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006; and references to our "outstanding debentures" mean the 7 1 / 4 % debentures and the 8 1 / 4 % debentures, collectively.
This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial data, before making an investment decision.
We are a global provider of engineered solutions and a distributor of electronic components to the radio frequency, or RF, and wireless communications, industrial power conversion, security, and display systems markets. We are committed to a strategy of providing specialized technical expertise and value-added products, which we refer to as "engineered solutions," in response to our customers' needs. We estimate that sales involving engineered solutions are in the range of approximately 50% of our total sales, consisting of:
Our products include RF and microwave components, power semiconductors, electron tubes, microwave generators, data display monitors, and electronic security products and systems. These products are used to control, switch or amplify electrical power or signals, or as display, recording or alarm devices in a variety of industrial, communication, and security applications.
Our broad array of technical services and products supports both our customers and vendors.
Our Strategic Business Units
We serve our customers through four strategic business units, each of which is focused on different end markets with distinct product and application needs. Our four strategic business units are:
Each strategic business unit has dedicated marketing, sales, product management and purchasing functions to better serve its targeted markets. The strategic business units operate globally, serving North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific, and Latin America.
RF and Wireless Communications Group
Our RF and Wireless Communications Group serves the expanding global RF and wireless communications market, including infrastructure and wireless networks, as well as the fiber optics market. Our team of RF and wireless engineers assists customers in designing circuits, selecting cost effective components, planning reliable and timely supply, prototype testing, and assembly. The group offers our customers and vendors complete engineering and technical support from the design-in of RF and wireless components to the development of engineered solutions for their system requirements.
1
We expect continued growth in wireless applications as the demand for all types of wireless communication increases worldwide. We believe wireless networking and infrastructure products for a number of niche applications will require engineered solutions using the latest RF technology and electronic components, including:
In addition to voice communication, we believe the rising demand for high-speed data transmission will result in major investments in both system upgrades and new systems to handle broader bandwidth.
Industrial Power Group
Our Industrial Power Group provides engineered solutions for customers in the steel, automotive, textile, plastics, semiconductor manufacturing, and transportation industries. Our team of engineers designs solutions for applications such as motor speed controls, industrial heating, laser technology, semiconductor manufacturing equipment, radar, and welding. We build on our expertise in power conversion technology to provide engineered solutions to fit our customers' specifications using what we believe are the most competitive components from industry-leading vendors.
This group serves the industrial market's need for both vacuum tube and solid-state technologies. We provide replacement products for systems using electron tubes as well as design and assembly services for new systems employing power semiconductors. As electronic systems increase in functionality and become more complex, we believe the need for intelligent, efficient power management will continue to increase and drive power conversion demand growth.
Security Systems Division
Our Security Systems Division is a global provider of closed circuit television, fire, burglary, access control, sound, and communication products and accessories for the residential, commercial, and government markets. We specialize in closed circuit television design-in support, offering extensive expertise with applications requiring digital technology. Our products are primarily used for security and access control purposes but are also utilized in industrial applications, mobile video, and traffic management.
The security systems industry is rapidly transitioning from analog to digital imaging technology. We are positioned to take advantage of this transition through our array of innovative products and solutions marketed under our National Electronics , Capture , AudioTrak , and Elite National Electronics brands, including advanced equipment such as digital video recorders, Internet-based amplifiers, covert cameras, speed dome cameras, and telephone-control-based closed circuit television systems. We expect to gain additional market share by marketing ourselves as a value-added service provider and partnering with our other strategic business units to develop customized solutions as the transition to digital technology continues in the security industry.
Display Systems Group
Our Display Systems Group is a global provider of integrated display products and systems to the public information, financial, point-of-sale, and medical imaging markets. The group works with
2
leading hardware vendors to offer the highest quality liquid crystal display, plasma, cathode ray tube, and customized display monitors. Our engineers design custom display solutions that include touch screens, protective panels, custom enclosures, specialized finishes, application specific software, and privately branded products.
The medical imaging market is transitioning from film-based technology to digital technology. Our medical imaging hardware partnership program allows us to deliver integrated hardware and software solutions for this growing market by combining our hardware expertise in medical imaging engineered solutions with our software partners' expertise in picture archiving and communications systems. Through such collaborative arrangements, we are able to provide integrated workstation systems to the end user.
Business Strategies
We are pursuing a number of strategies designed to enhance our business and, in particular, to increase sales of engineered solutions. Our strategies are to:
Capitalize on Engineering and Manufacturing Expertise. We believe that our success is largely attributable to our core engineering and manufacturing competency and skill in identifying cost-competitive solutions for our customers, and we believe that these factors will be significant to our future success. Historically, our primary business was the distribution and manufacture of electron tubes and we continue to be a major supplier of these products. This business enabled us to develop manufacturing and design engineering capabilities. Today, we use this expertise to identify engineered solutions for customers' applicationsnot only in electron tube technology but also in new and growing end markets and product applications. We work closely with our customers' engineering departments which allows us to identify engineered solutions for a broad range of applications. We believe our customers use our engineering and manufacturing expertise as well as our in depth knowledge of the components best suited to deliver a solution that meets their performance needs cost-effectively.
Target Selected Niche Markets. We focus on selected niche markets that demand a high level of specialized technical service, where price is not the primary competitive factor. These niche markets include wireless infrastructure, high power/high frequency power conversion, custom display and digital imaging. In most cases, we do not compete against pure commodity distributors. We often function as an extension of our customers' and vendors' engineering teams. Frequently, our customers use our design and engineering expertise to provide a product solution that is not readily available from a traditional distributor. By utilizing our expertise, our customers and vendors can focus their engineering resources on more critical core design and development issues.
Focus on Growth Markets. We are focused on markets we believe have high growth potential and which can benefit from our engineering and manufacturing expertise and from our strong vendor relationships. These markets are characterized by substantial end-market growth and rapid technological change. For example, the continuing demand for wireless communications is driving wireless application growth. Power conversion demand continues to grow due to increasing system complexity and the need for intelligent, efficient power management. We also see growth opportunities as security systems transition from analog to digital video recording and medical display systems transition from film to digital imaging.
Leverage Our Existing Customer Base. An important part of our growth is derived from offering new products to our existing customer base. We support the migration of our Industrial Power Group customers from electron tubes to newer solid-state technologies. Sales of products other than electron tubes represented approximately 83% of our sales in fiscal 2003 compared to 71% in fiscal 1999. In addition, our salespeople increase sales by selling products from all strategic business units to
3
customers who currently may only purchase from one strategic business unit and by selling engineered solutions to customers who currently may only purchase standard components.
Growth and Profitability Strategies
Our long-range growth plan is centered around three distinct strategies by which we are seeking to maximize our overall profitability:
Focus on Internal Growth. We believe that, in most circumstances, internal growth provides the best means of expanding our business, both on a geographic and product line basis. The recent economic downturn increased the trend to outsourcing engineering as companies focused on their own core competencies, which we believe contributed to the increased demand for our engineered solutions. As technologies change, we plan to continue to capitalize on our customers' need for design engineering. We serve over 100,000 active customers worldwide. We consider active customers to be those customers to whom we have made a sale in the past seven years. We estimate seven years to be the lifecycle for several of our tube-based product lines. In fiscal 2003, we made sales to approximately 37,500 customers. We have developed internal systems to capture forecasted product demand by potential design opportunity. This allows us to anticipate our customers' future requirements and identify new product opportunities. In addition, we share these future requirements with our manufacturing suppliers to help them predict near and long-term demand, technology trends and product life cycles.
Expansion of our product offerings is an ongoing program. In particular, the following areas have generated significant sales increases in recent years: RF amplifiers; interconnect and passive devices; silicon controlled rectifiers; custom and medical monitors; and digital closed circuit television security systems.
Reduce Operating Costs Through Continuous Operational Improvements. We constantly strive to reduce costs in our business through initiatives designed to improve our business processes. Recently, we have embarked on a vigorous program in an effort to improve operating efficiencies and asset utilization, with an emphasis on inventory control. Our incentive programs were revised in fiscal 2004 to heighten our managers' commitment to these objectives. Our strategic business units' goals are now based on return on assets. Additional programs are ongoing, including a significant investment in enterprise resource planning software scheduled for implementation during this calendar year.
Grow Through Acquisitions. We have an established record of acquiring and integrating businesses. Since 1980, we have acquired 34 companies or significant product lines and continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis. We seek acquisitions that provide product line growth opportunities by permitting us to leverage our existing customer base, expand the geographic coverage for our existing product offerings, or add incremental engineering resources/expertise. Our most significant acquisitions over the past five years include:
4
Earnings Guidance
Our bookings (which we define to mean purchase orders which we have received from, or which have been communicated by, a customer) and backlog (which we define to mean bookings remaining and scheduled to be shipped within the next fiscal quarterly period) have continued to strengthen throughout the current fiscal year, primarily associated with wireless growth and broad based increases in industrial demand for power products. At the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, backlog scheduled for shipment within the next three months has increased for four consecutive quarters and bookings have increased for five consecutive quarters. Based on an assumed continuation of these trends and sales of new products, we currently anticipate growth in revenue and earnings for fiscal 2005. We currently estimate that revenues will range from $580 million to $620 million. We expect gross margin to be in the range of 24.7% to 25.3% with operating expenses between 20.5% and 21.0% of sales. We estimate that net income will be between $8.9 million and $10.3 million and that earnings per diluted share will be between $0.60 to $0.70, excluding the effect of the issuance of shares we are offering by this prospectus and the potential exchange offer.
In developing these estimates, we gave some weight to the amounts of recent percentage increases in backlog and bookings, which exceeded the anticipated growth rates in revenues and earnings per diluted share for fiscal 2005. Bookings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 increased approximately 35% from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Backlog at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 increased approximately 55% compared to the prior year period end. However, due largely to the early stage of the possible economic recovery, and the fact that backlog has historically represented less than one-third of revenues in any fiscal quarter, we do not believe that the actual percentage increases in bookings and backlog are likely to result in comparable increases in annual revenues. Instead, we view the increases in bookings and backlog as providing an indication there is a reasonable possibility that the revenues will approximate their average historical seasonal pattern, based on the period from fiscal 1993 through 2003. We experience moderate seasonality in our business and typically realize lower sequential revenues in our first and third fiscal quarters, reflecting decreased transaction volume in the summer and holiday months. Conversely, we typically realize higher sequential revenues in the second and fourth fiscal quarters due to the absence of holidays and vacations. On an average sequential quarter basis during the period from fiscal 1993 through 2003, our first quarter revenues decreased approximately 5%, our second quarter revenues increased approximately 10%, our third quarter revenues decreased approximately 3% and our fourth quarter revenues increased approximately 9%. In fiscal 2004, the sequential fourth quarter sales increase is estimated to be approximately 14%. In any event, our estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimates, as described in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."
5
Recent Developments
On June 14, 2004, we provided our results for fiscal 2004, which are preliminary pending the completion of our external audit. We expect to report definitive fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal year results later in June.
For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, we expect to report sales of approximately $145 million, an increase of 22% from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, led by sales in Asia/Pacific which are anticipated to be $33 million for the quarter, an increase of 54% from the prior fiscal year's fourth quarter. Gross margin is expected to be in the range of 24.6% to 25.0% of sales for the quarter with operating expenses anticipated to be between 20.7% and 21.1% of sales. Operating expenses for the quarter included program costs related to foreign entity cash management, PeopleSoft implementation, and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. Net income is expected to be between $2.0 million and $2.4 million with earnings per diluted share anticipated to be in the range of $0.14 to $0.16 on a weighted average of 14.553 million shares outstanding.
For fiscal 2004, we expect to report sales of approximately $520 million, an increase of 12% over the prior year led by sales in Asia/Pacific of over $100 million, up 33% from fiscal 2003. Sales for all of the strategic business units increased from the prior year. Gross margin is expected to be in the range of 24.4% to 24.6% of sales with operating expenses anticipated to be between 20.8% and 21.0% of sales for the year. Net income is expected to be between $5.6 million and $6.0 million with earnings per diluted share anticipated to be in the range of $0.39 to $0.41 on a weighted average of 14.418 million shares outstanding.
6
Preliminary Sales
Fiscal 2004
|
SALES
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2003
|
FY 2004
|
% Change
|
||||||
|
(In millions, unaudited)
|
||||||||
By Business Unit: | |||||||||
Fourth Quarter | |||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 52 | $ | 68 | 31% | ||||
Industrial Power Group | 24 | 32 | 29% | ||||||
Security Systems Division | 22 | 25 | 13% | ||||||
Display Systems Group | 18 | 19 | 4% | ||||||
Other | 2 | 2 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 119 | $ | 145 | 22% | ||||
|
|
||||||||
Fiscal Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 204 | $ | 231 | 13% | ||||
Industrial Power Group | 96 | 113 | 18% | ||||||
Security Systems Division | 92 | 102 | 11% | ||||||
Display Systems Group | 64 | 66 | 4% | ||||||
Other | 8 | 8 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 465 | $ | 520 | 12% | ||||
|
|
||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter | |||||||||
North America | $ | 64 | $ | 76 | 20% | ||||
Europe | 28 | 31 | 11% | ||||||
Asia/Pacific | 21 | 33 | 54% | ||||||
Latin America | 5 | 5 | -9% | ||||||
Corporate | 1 | 1 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 119 | $ | 145 | 22% | ||||
|
|
||||||||
Fiscal Year | |||||||||
North America | $ | 260 | $ | 276 | 6% | ||||
Europe | 103 | 117 | 13% | ||||||
Asia/Pacific | 78 | 104 | 33% | ||||||
Latin America | 21 | 20 | -2% | ||||||
Corporate | 3 | 3 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 465 | $ | 520 | 12% | ||||
|
|
NOTE: | Fiscal 2003 data has been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 2004 presentation. The modifications include: | |||
| reclassifying broadcast tubes from RF and Wireless Communications Group to Industrial Power Group; and | |||
| reclassifying direct export and a portion of Corporate to the identified geographic areas based on ship to location. | |||
Europe includes sales to Middle East and Africa. | ||||
Corporate consists of freight and non-area specific sales. |
Our principal executive offices are located at 40W267 Keslinger Road, P.O. Box 393, LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393, and our telephone number is (630) 208-2200. Our website address is www.rell.com . Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.
7
Common stock offered by us | 3,000,000 shares | |
Over-allotment option offered by us | 450,000 shares | |
Common stock outstanding before offering | 11,084,747 shares of common stock and 3,170,931 shares of Class B common stock | |
Common stock outstanding after offering | 14,084,747 shares of common stock and 3,170,931 shares of Class B common stock | |
Use of proceeds | Assuming a public offering price of $11.61 per share (the last reported sale price on June 10, 2004), we estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be approximately $32.5 million ($37.5 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering to repay borrowings under our credit agreement. Subsequently, in the event debentures remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer, we intend to reborrow an amount not in excess of the net proceeds to redeem those debentures to the extent of such proceeds. | |
Dividend policy | We have paid quarterly dividends of $.04 per share of common stock and $.036 per share of Class B common stock since September 1988. All future payments of dividends are at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, operating conditions, and such other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. See "Dividend Policy." | |
Risk factors | You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors set forth under "Risk Factors" in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. | |
Nasdaq National Market symbol | RELL |
The number of shares of common stock outstanding is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 10, 2004, which excludes:
Except as otherwise noted in this prospectus, we have assumed that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.
We also expect to offer to exchange any and all of our outstanding debentures that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for an equal principal amount of notes. The exchange offer, if commenced, would be made by a separate prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. The exchange offer would not be contingent upon the closing of this offering. We expect to commence the exchange offer after the closing of this offering. See "The Exchange Offer."
8
Summary Selected Consolidated Financial Information
The following table contains summary selected consolidated financial data as of and for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and as of and for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004. The summary selected consolidated financial data as of May 31, 2002 and 2003, and for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, are derived from our audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our unaudited financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, which are normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation. Our results of operations for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 may not be indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The summary selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future.
|
Fiscal Year Ended May 31
(1)
|
Nine Months Ended
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
(2)
|
2003
(3)
|
February 28, 2003
|
February 28, 2004
|
|||||||||||||
|
(In thousands,
except per share amounts) |
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 502,369 | $ | 443,492 | $ | 464,517 | $ | 345,582 | $ | 374,695 | ||||||||
Cost of products sold | 370,819 | 349,326 | 365,427 | 261,313 | 283,102 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Gross margin | 131,550 | 94,166 | 99,090 | 84,269 | 91,593 | |||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 94,444 | 99,070 | 100,749 | 74,155 | 78,441 | |||||||||||||
Other expense, net | 10,716 | 12,894 | 11,484 | 8,147 | 7,934 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes | 26,390 | (17,798 | ) | (13,143 | ) | 1,967 | 5,218 | |||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) | 8,656 | (6,339 | ) | (3,012 | ) | 825 | 1,621 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | 17,734 | (11,459 | ) | (10,131 | ) | 1,142 | 3,597 | |||||||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (4) | | | 17,862 | 17,862 | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 17,734 | $ | (11,459 | ) | $ | (27,993 | ) | $ | (16,720 | ) | $ | 3,597 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Income (loss) per sharebasic: | ||||||||||||||||||
Before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | $ | .08 | $ | .26 | ||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes | | | (1.30 | ) | (1.30 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | $ | (1.22 | ) | $ | .26 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Income (loss) per sharediluted: | ||||||||||||||||||
Before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | $ | .08 | $ | .25 | ||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes | | | (1.30 | ) | (1.28 | ) | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | $ | (1.20 | ) | $ | .25 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Dividends per common share (5) | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .12 | $ | .12 | ||||||||
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding: (6) | ||||||||||||||||||
Basic | 13,333 | 13,617 | 13,809 | 13,742 | 14,002 | |||||||||||||
Diluted | 17,568 | 13,617 | 13,809 | 13,989 | 14,374 | |||||||||||||
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Interest expense | $ | 11,146 | $ | 12,386 | $ | 10,352 | $ | 7,757 | $ | 7,682 | ||||||||
Investment income | 575 | 352 | 124 | 123 | 127 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation & amortization | 5,776 | 5,875 | 5,364 | 4,273 | 4,013 | |||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 7,883 | 5,727 | 6,125 | 4,958 | 3,861 |
9
|
As of May 31
(1)
|
As of
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
February 28, 2003
|
February 28, 2004
|
|||||||||||
|
(In thousands unless
otherwise stated) |
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 15,946 | $ | 15,296 | $ | 16,874 | $ | 11,867 | $ | 19,727 | ||||||
Working capital | 225,436 | 186,554 | 183,859 | 192,228 | 177,459 | |||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net | 28,753 | 28,827 | 31,088 | 30,588 | 30,747 | |||||||||||
Total assets | 321,514 | 286,647 | 264,931 | 266,137 | 275,136 | |||||||||||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 205 | 38 | 46 | 42 | 4,488 | |||||||||||
Long-term debt | 155,134 | 132,218 | 138,396 | 140,961 | 127,455 | |||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 109,545 | 99,414 | 75,631 | 80,677 | 82,938 |
10
You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the other information included in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the common stock offered by this prospectus. Some of the risks relate to the exchange offer. Some of the risks relate principally to our business in general and the industry in which we operate. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common stock.
Risks if the Exchange Offer is Unsuccessful
If the exchange offer is unsuccessful, we may be unable to repay the outstanding debentures at maturity.
It is likely that we will not be able to generate sufficient cash to repay the outstanding debentures at maturity. As of February 28, 2004, we had $30,825,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding and $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding. Our debt-to-equity ratio was 159% as of February 28, 2004, the date of the balance sheet used to calculate this ratio. The working capital requirements of our business result in substantial fluctuations in our cash balances during fiscal quarters. We are unlikely to be able to redeem or repay the outstanding debentures at maturity without depleting our cash balance to a level that would be insufficient to support our business. While we believe we would be able to strengthen our financial position, improve our capital structure, and reduce our cash expenditures by conducting the exchange offer, we may not be successful. If we do not commence the exchange offer (whether due to market conditions or otherwise) or if it is unsuccessful and we are unable to repay the outstanding debentures at maturity, our default in payment of the outstanding debentures would trigger an event of default under the related indentures, which would trigger a cross-default under the separate indenture that would govern any notes that may be issued in the exchange offer as well as our credit agreement and could trigger acceleration of the related debt. In addition, the lenders under our credit agreement could foreclose on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Any default under our credit agreement or the indentures governing the outstanding debentures or the notes could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations, our ability to make payments on our debt obligations, our ability to obtain favorable financing terms and, ultimately, could affect our ability to continue as a going concern and could require us to seek judicial or bankruptcy relief.
Currently, we do not have any financing plans for payment of the outstanding debentures other than this offering and the exchange offer. If this offering is successfully completed, we intend to use the net proceeds to repay borrowings under our credit agreement. Subsequently, in the event debentures remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer, we intend to reborrow an amount not in excess of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem those debentures to the extent of such proceeds. If the proceeds from this offering are insufficient to redeem all of the outstanding debentures and the exchange offer is not commenced or is unsuccessful, we will evaluate alternative financing plans for payment of the outstanding debentures at that time, taking into account the then existing market conditions. See "The Exchange Offer."
We have had significant operating and net losses in the past and may have future losses.
We reported net losses of approximately $11.5 million in fiscal 2002 and $28.0 million in fiscal 2003 and we cannot assure you that we will not experience operating losses and net losses in the future. We may continue to lose money if our sales do not continue to increase. We cannot predict the extent to which sales will continue to increase across our businesses or how quickly our customers will consume their inventories of our products.
11
We maintain a significant investment in inventory and have recently incurred significant charges for inventory obsolescence and overstock, and may incur similar charges in the future.
We maintain significant inventories in an effort to ensure that customers have a reliable source of supply. The market for many of our products is characterized by rapid change as a result of the development of new technologies, particularly in the semiconductor markets served by our RF and Wireless Communications Group, evolving industry standards, and frequent new product introductions by some of our customers. We do not have many long term supply contracts with our customers. Generally, our product sales are made on a purchase-order basis, which permits our customers to reduce or discontinue their purchases. If we fail to anticipate the changing needs of our customers and accurately forecast their requirements, our customers may not continue to place orders with us and we may accumulate significant inventories of products which we will be unable to sell or return to our vendors, or which may decline in value substantially.
In fiscal 2002, we recorded a pre-tax provision for inventory obsolescence and overstock of $15.3 million, or $9.8 million net of tax, due to an industrywide decline in sales, a prolonged recovery period, and changes in our mix of business toward higher technology products, particularly in the telecommunications market. In fiscal 2003, we recorded an additional pre-tax provision of $13.8 million, or $8.8 million net of tax, primarily for inventory obsolescence, overstock, and shrinkage, to write down inventory to net realizable value as we sought to align our inventory and cost structure to then current sales levels amid continued economic slowdown and limited visibility. We cannot assure you that we will not incur similar charges in the future.
Because we derive a significant portion of our revenue by distributing products designed and manufactured by third parties, we may be unable to anticipate changes in the marketplace and, as a result, could lose market share.
Our business is driven primarily by customers' needs and demands for new products and/or enhanced performance, and by the products developed and manufactured by third parties. Because we distribute products developed and manufactured by third parties, our business would be adversely affected if our suppliers fail to anticipate which products or technologies will gain market acceptance or if we cannot sell these products at competitive prices. We cannot be certain that our suppliers will permit us to distribute their newly developed products, or that such products will meet our customers' needs and demands. Additionally, because some of our principal competitors design and manufacture new technology, those competitors may have a competitive advantage over us. To successfully compete, we must maintain an efficient cost structure, an effective sales and marketing team and offer additional services that distinguish us from our competitors. Failure to execute these strategies successfully could harm our results of operations.
We have exposure to economic downturns and operate in cyclical markets.
As a supplier of electronic components and services to a variety of industries, we are adversely affected by general economic downturns. In particular, demand for the products and services of our RF and Wireless Communications Group is dependent upon capital spending levels in the telecommunications industry and demand for products and services of our Industrial Power Group is dependent upon capital spending levels in the manufacturing industry, including steel, automotive, textiles, plastics, and semiconductors, as well as the transportation industry. Many of our customers delay capital projects during economic downturns. Accordingly, our operating results for any particular period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period. The markets served by our businesses have historically experienced downturns in demand that could harm our operating results. Future economic downturns could be triggered by a variety of causes, including outbreaks of hostilities, terrorist actions, or epidemics in the United States or abroad.
12
We have significant debt, which could limit our financial resources and ability to compete and may make us more vulnerable to adverse economic events.
As of February 28, 2004, our total long-term debt was approximately $127 million, including our outstanding debentures. We have incurred and will likely continue to incur indebtedness to fund potential future acquisitions, for strategic initiatives and for general corporate purposes. Although we believe that the cash flow generated by our continuing operations is sufficient to meet our repayment obligations over the next 12 months, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Our incurrence of additional indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
Our ability to service our debt and meet our other obligations depends on a number of factors beyond our control.
As of February 28, 2004, our total debt was approximately $132 million, resulting in a debt-to-equity ratio of 159%, and primarily consisted of:
The debt-to-equity ratio has been calculated based on our balance sheet dated February 28, 2004.
In the exchange offer, if commenced and completed, we expect to issue an aggregate principal amount of notes equal to the principal amount of outstanding debentures tendered and accepted in the exchange offer.
Our ability to service our debt and meet our other obligations as they come due is dependent on our future financial and operating performance. This performance is subject to various factors, including factors beyond our control such as changes in global and regional economic conditions, changes in our industry or the end markets for our products, changes in interest or currency exchange rates, inflation in raw materials, energy and other costs.
13
If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to enable us to service our debt and meet these obligations as they become due, we could be forced to:
We cannot assure you as to the timing of these actions or the amount of proceeds that could be realized from them. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet our debt service and other obligations as they become due or otherwise.
If Mr. Richardson's voting power is insufficient for him to elect a majority of our board of directors, we would be in default under our credit agreement.
We would be in default under our credit agreement if the level of Mr. Richardson's voting power is less than 51% and therefore not sufficient for him to elect a majority of our board of directors and control any amendment to our by-laws. Mr. Richardson's voting power could be reduced below 51% under a number of scenarios, including our issuance of additional shares of voting stock or the death of Mr. Richardson. Upon such a default, the lenders may declare amounts borrowed under the credit agreement to be immediately due and payable, which in turn would cause a default and acceleration of payment of the notes, if the exchange offer is commenced and completed. In addition, the lenders under our credit agreement could foreclose on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Our business and financial condition could be significantly harmed if such a default occurs.
Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel.
Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, particularly Mr. Richardson, our chairman of the board and chief executive officer, and Bruce W. Johnson, our president and chief operating officer, could significantly harm our business and results of operations. In addition, we would be in default under our credit agreement if the level of Mr. Richardson's voting power is less than 51% and therefore is not sufficient for him to elect a majority of our board of directors and control any amendment to our by-laws.
Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including technical and engineering personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining or attracting such persons. The failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could significantly harm our operations.
Our credit agreement and the indentures for our outstanding debentures impose restrictions with respect to various business matters.
Our credit agreement contains numerous restrictive covenants that limit the discretion of management with respect to certain business matters. These covenants place restrictions on, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, to create liens or other encumbrances, to pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our shares of common stock and Class B common stock, to engage in transactions with affiliates, to make certain payments and investments, to merge or consolidate with another entity, and to repay indebtedness junior to indebtedness under the credit agreement. The credit agreement also contains a number of financial covenants that require us to meet
14
certain financial ratios and tests relating to, among other things, tangible net worth, a borrowing base, senior funded debt to cash flow, and annual debt service coverage. In addition, the indentures for our outstanding debentures contain covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our shares of common stock and Class B common stock and merge or consolidate with another entity. If we fail to comply with the obligations in the credit agreement and indentures, it could result in an event of default under those agreements. If an event of default occurs and is not cured or waived, it could result in acceleration of the indebtedness under those agreements, any of which could significantly harm our business and financial condition.
Potential changes in accounting standards regarding stock option plans could limit the desirability of granting stock options, which could harm our ability to attract and retain employees, and could also negatively impact our results of operations.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board is considering whether to require all companies to treat the fair value of stock options granted to employees as an expense. The United States Congress and other governmental and regulatory authorities have also considered requiring companies to expense stock options. If this change were to become mandatory, we and other companies could be required to record a compensation expense equal to the fair value of each stock option granted. Currently, we are generally not required to record compensation expense in connection with stock option grants. If we were required to expense the fair value of stock option grants, it would reduce the attractiveness of granting stock options because of the additional expense associated with these grants, which would negatively impact our results of operations. For example, had we been required to expense stock option grants by applying the measurement provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," our recorded net income of $3.6 million would have been decreased by $612,000, to net income of $3.0 million for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 and our recorded net loss of $28.0 million would have been increased by $1.6 million, to a net loss of $29.6 million for fiscal 2003. Nevertheless, stock options are an important employee recruitment and retention tool, and we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel if we reduce the scope of our employee stock option program. Accordingly, in the event we are required to expense stock option grants, our future results of operations would be negatively impacted, as would our ability to use stock options as an employee recruitment and retention tool.
We face intense competition in the markets we serve and, if we do not compete effectively, we could significantly harm our operating results.
We face substantial competition in our markets. We face competition from hundreds of electronic component distributors of various sizes, locations, and market focuses as well as original equipment manufacturers, in each case for new products and replacement parts. Some of our competitors have significantly greater resources and broader name recognition than us. As a result, these competitors may be better able to withstand changing conditions within our markets and throughout the economy as a whole. In addition, new competitors could enter our markets.
Engineering capability, vendor representation and product diversity create segmentation among distributors. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to provide engineered solutions, maintain inventory availability and quality, and provide reliable delivery at competitive prices.
To the extent we do not keep pace with technological advances or fail to timely respond to changes in competitive factors in our industry, we could lose market share or experience a decline in our revenue and net income. In addition, gross margins in the businesses in which we compete have declined in recent years due to competitive pressures and may continue to decline.
15
We may not be able to continue to make the acquisitions necessary for us to realize our growth strategy or integrate acquisitions successfully.
One of our growth strategies is to increase our sales and expand our markets through acquisitions. Since 1980, we have acquired 34 companies or significant product lines and we expect to continue making acquisitions if appropriate opportunities arise in our industry. We may not be able to identify and successfully negotiate suitable acquisitions, obtain financing for future acquisitions on satisfactory terms or otherwise complete future acquisitions. Furthermore, we may compete for acquisition and expansion opportunities with companies that have substantially greater resources than us.
Following acquisitions, our acquired companies may encounter unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations. If we are unable to successfully identify acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions, and integrate the acquired businesses with our existing businesses, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected and we may not be able to compete effectively within our industry.
If we do not continue to reduce our costs, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.
The success of our business depends, in part, on our continuous reduction of costs. The electronic component industries have historically experienced price erosion and will likely continue to experience such price erosion. If we are not able to reduce our costs sufficiently to offset future price erosion, our operating results will be adversely affected. We have recently engaged in various cost-cutting and other initiatives intended to reduce costs and increase productivity. In fiscal 2003, we recorded a $1.7 million restructuring charge as we eliminated over 70 positions or approximately 6% of our workforce. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to reduce our costs.
Our Industrial Power Group is dependent on a limited number of vendors to supply us with essential products.
Electron tubes and certain other products supplied by our Industrial Power Group are currently produced by a relatively small number of manufacturers. Our future success will depend, in large part, on maintaining current vendor relationships and developing new relationships. We believe that vendors supplying products to some of the product lines of our Industrial Power Group are consolidating their distribution relationships or exiting the business. The three largest suppliers to the Industrial Power Group by percentage of overall Industrial Power Group purchases in fiscal 2003 were Communications & Power Industries, Inc., Covimag S.A., and Powerex Inc. These suppliers accounted for approximately 55% of the overall Industrial Power Group purchases in fiscal 2003. The loss of one or more of our key vendors and the failure to find new vendors could significantly harm our business and results of operations. We have in the past and may in the future experience difficulties obtaining certain products in a timely manner. The inability of suppliers to provide us with the required quantity or quality of products could significantly harm our business.
Economic, political and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our business.
In fiscal 2003, approximately 56.9% of our sales and 28.4% of our purchases of products were made internationally. We anticipate that we will continue to expand our international operations to the extent that suitable opportunities become available. Accordingly, our future results of operations could
16
be harmed by a variety of factors which are not present for companies with operations and sales solely within the United States, including:
If any of these risks materialize, we could face substantial increases in costs, the reduction of profit, and the inability to do business.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk.
We expect that international sales will continue to represent a significant percentage of our total sales, which expose us to currency exchange rate fluctuations. Since the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations are generally denominated in local currencies, exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the U.S. dollar subject us to currency exchange risks with respect to the results of our foreign operations to the extent we are unable to denominate our purchases or sales in U.S. dollars or otherwise shift to our customers or suppliers the risk of currency exchange rate fluctuations. We currently do not engage in any significant currency hedging transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates may affect the results of our international operations reported in U.S. dollars and the value of such operations' net assets reported in U.S. dollars. Additionally, our competitive position may be affected by the relative strength of the currencies in countries where our products are sold. We cannot predict whether foreign currency exchange risks inherent in doing business in foreign countries will have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results in the future.
Because we generally do not have long-term contracts with our vendors, we may experience shortages of products that could harm our business and customer relationships.
We generally do not have long-term contracts or arrangements with any of our vendors that guarantee product availability. We cannot assure you that our vendors will meet our future requirements for timely delivery of products of sufficient quality or quantity. Any difficulties in the delivery of products could harm our relationships with customers and cause us to lose orders that could result in a material decrease in our revenues. Further, we compete against certain of our vendors and our relationship with those vendors could be harmed as a result of this competition.
The recent outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, or any other disease epidemic, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The outbreak of highly infectious epidemics in Asia/Pacific, including SARS and avian influenza, commonly known as Asian bird flu, and concerns over its spread in Asia/Pacific and
17
elsewhere could have a negative impact on commerce, travel, and general economic and industry conditions. Asia/Pacific represented 16.8% of our revenue in fiscal 2003 and we believe a significant percentage of our product purchases comes directly or indirectly from Asia/Pacific. Given the importance of the Asia/Pacific market to our business, we may be more exposed to this risk than the global economy generally. For example, the SARS outbreak could result in quarantines or closures of our or our customers' or suppliers' facilities in Asia/Pacific. The SARS outbreak may also adversely impact our ability to purchase goods from suppliers in Asia/Pacific. As a result of the SARS outbreak, or any other disease epidemic, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock
Holders of common stock have fewer voting rights than the holders of our Class B common stock, the principal holder of which is our chairman of the board and chief executive officer, Mr. Richardson.
The holders of common stock are entitled to only one vote per share, while holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Edward J. Richardson, our chairman of the board and chief executive officer, holds 99.6% of the outstanding Class B common stock as of June 10, 2004. Because of its voting power, the Class B common stock controls 74.1% of our outstanding voting power. Holders of common stock and Class B common stock generally vote together as a single class on all matters except as otherwise required by Delaware law. As a result of their voting power, the holders of Class B common stock can control the outcome of any such stockholder vote. See "Description of Our Capital StockCommon Stock" and "Class B Common Stock."
We are controlled by Mr. Richardson, and his interests may differ from ours and the interests of our other securityholders.
Because of Mr. Richardson's voting power, he has the ability to elect our board of directors and to control any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This control could prevent or discourage any unsolicited acquisition of us and consequently could prevent an acquisition favorable to other stockholders. Mr. Richardson may consider not only the short-term and long-term impact of operating decisions on us, but also the impact of such decisions on himself.
Future sales of shares of our common stock may depress the price of our common stock.
Our board of directors has the authority, without action or the vote of our stockholders, to issue any or all authorized but unissued shares of our common stock, including securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, and authorized but unissued shares under our stock option and other equity incentive plans. Any issuance of this kind will dilute the ownership percentage of stockholders and may dilute the per share book value of the common stock. At June 10, 2004, we had 17,419,298 authorized but unissued shares of common stock and 1,495,955 shares of treasury stock.
Further, if certain of our stockholders sell a substantial number of shares of our common stock or investors become concerned that substantial sales might occur, the market price of our common stock could decrease.
At June 10, 2004, we had a total of 6,155,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. These reserved shares included 2,417,000 shares reserved for issuance under our existing stock incentive plans, including 1,500,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of that date at a weighted average exercise price of $9.46 per share; 57,000 shares reserved for issuance under our employee stock purchase plan; and 3,681,000 shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of the 7 1 / 4 % debentures, which currently have a conversion price of $21.14 per share, and the 8 1 / 4 % debentures, which currently have a conversion price of $18.00 per share. Because we expect to set a lower conversion price for the notes in the potential exchange offer, we expect we would reserve a larger
18
number of shares for issuance upon conversion of any notes we may issue in the exchange offer. Moreover, while we expect to set the conversion price above the then current market price, we cannot give any assurance as to then current market price at such time as we may decide to commence the exchange offer.
New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution after this offering.
The public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after the offering. Based on an assumed public offering price of $11.61 per share (the last reported sale price on June 10, 2004) and our net tangible book value as of February 28, 2004, if you purchase our common stock in this offering you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $5.23 per share in pro forma net tangible book value. See "Dilution."
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, most of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include:
Limited trading volume of our common stock may contribute to price volatility.
Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market. During the twelve months ended May 31, 2004, the average daily trading volume for our common stock as reported by The Nasdaq National Market was 36,407 shares. A more active trading market in our common stock may not develop. As a result, relatively small trades may have a significant impact on the price of our common stock.
We may reduce or discontinue paying dividends in the future.
Our ability to pay dividends in the future depends on our ability to operate profitably and to generate cash from our operations in excess of our debt service obligations. Our board of directors has discretion to reduce or discontinue paying dividends if it decides to utilize the cash for other corporate purposes. In addition, our credit agreement and the indentures governing our outstanding debentures contain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to pay dividends at their historical level or at all.
19
We have anti-takeover defenses that could delay or prevent an acquisition and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and provisions of Delaware law could delay, defer or prevent an acquisition or change of control of us or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. Our by-laws limit the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting. Delaware law also contains certain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect and otherwise discourage third parties from effecting transactions with us. See "Description of Our Capital Stock."
All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus are statements that constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. The words "expect," "estimate," "anticipate," "predict," "believe," and similar expressions and variations thereof are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to, among other things:
You are cautioned that any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties and that actual results may differ materially from those predicted in the forward-looking statements or that may be anticipated from historical results or trends. In addition to the information contained in our other filings with the SEC, factors that could affect future performance include, among others, those set forth under the heading "Risk Factors," and, in the case of fiscal 2004 results, adjustments and corrections that may occur as we complete our external audit.
We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all the risk factors, nor can it assess the impact of all the risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus, as a prediction of actual results.
All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. You should not place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
You should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts, it is against our policy to disclose to them any material non-public information or other confidential commercial information. Accordingly, you should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by any analyst irrespective of the content of the statement or report. Thus, to the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, those reports are not our responsibility.
20
Based on an assumed public offering price of $11.61 per share of common stock (the last reported sale price on June 10, 2004), we estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $32.5 million after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate our net proceeds will be approximately $37.5 million. We intend to use the net proceeds to repay borrowings under our credit agreement. Subsequently, in the event any outstanding debentures remain after completion of the exchange offer, if commenced, we intend to reborrow an amount not in excess of the net proceeds to redeem those debentures to the extent of such proceeds.
Our 7 1 / 4 % debentures bear interest at 7 1 / 4 % per year and mature on December 15, 2006 and our 8 1 / 4 % debentures bear interest at 8 1 / 4 % per year and mature on June 15, 2006. As of February 28, 2004, we had $30,825,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding and $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding. As of February 28, 2004, we had aggregate indebtedness of $60,434,687 under our credit agreement with a weighted average interest rate of 4.09% and a maturity of September 2005.
Pending the application of the net proceeds, we expect to invest the proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, short term investments or similar assets.
Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "RELL." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on The Nasdaq National Market.
|
High
|
Low
|
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2003 | |||||||
First Quarter | $ | 11.45 | $ | 8.11 | |||
Second Quarter | $ | 9.00 | $ | 5.60 | |||
Third Quarter | $ | 9.19 | $ | 7.14 | |||
Fourth Quarter | $ | 9.33 | $ | 7.41 | |||
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter | $ | 10.79 | $ | 7.83 | |||
Second Quarter | $ | 12.57 | $ | 9.65 | |||
Third Quarter | $ | 14.00 | $ | 10.00 | |||
Fourth Quarter | $ | 14.08 | $ | 9.41 | |||
Fiscal Year Ending May 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter (through June 10, 2004) | $ | 11.80 | $ | 10.46 |
On June 10, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market was $11.61 per share. As of June 10, 2004, there were approximately 902 stockholders of record of our common stock and approximately 20 stockholders of record of our Class B common stock.
21
We have paid quarterly dividends of $.04 per share of common stock and $.036 per share of Class B common stock since September 1988. All future payment of dividends are at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, operating conditions, and such other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.
Pursuant to the indentures governing our outstanding debentures, we are prohibited from paying a dividend if we are in default under either of these indentures or if the payment of a dividend would exceed the sum of our consolidated net income since May 31, 1996 plus the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock and indebtedness which has been converted into shares of our common stock since May 31, 1996 plus $30.0 million in the case of the indenture for our 8 1 / 4 % debentures and $20.0 million in the case of the indenture for our 7 1 / 4 % debentures. Pursuant to our credit agreement, we are prohibited from paying dividends in excess of an annualized rate of $0.16 per share of common stock and $0.144 per share of Class B common stock. In addition, the credit agreement prohibits our subsidiaries, other than wholly owned subsidiaries, from paying dividends. Pursuant to the indenture that would govern the notes, if issued, we expect the conversion price of the notes would be adjusted if, among other things, we pay dividends in excess of an annualized rate of $0.16 per share of common stock.
22
We present in the table below the capitalization of our company and our subsidiaries:
We expect to commence the exchange offer after the closing of this offering. See "The Exchange Offer." You should read this information in conjunction with the information under "Selected Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1.
23
|
As of February 28, 2004
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual
|
As adjusted for this offering
|
As adjusted for this offering and the exchange offer, assuming 75% of outstanding debentures are tendered
|
As adjusted for this offering and the exchange offer, assuming 100% of outstanding debentures are tendered
|
|||||||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 19,727 | $ | 19,727 | $ | 18,936 | $ | 18,759 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Short-term debt (1) | 4,488 | 638 | 638 | 638 | |||||||||||
Long-term debt: | |||||||||||||||
Bank credit facility | 60,435 | 60,435 | 45,615 | 27,909 | |||||||||||
Notes | 53,119 | 70,825 | |||||||||||||
Capital leases | 45 | 45 | 45 | 45 | |||||||||||
Outstanding debentures | 66,975 | 38,299 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total long-term debt | $ | 127,455 | $ | 98,779 | $ | 98,779 | $ | 98,779 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity: | |||||||||||||||
Common stock ($.05 par value; 12,500 shares issued) | 625 | 775 | 775 | 775 | |||||||||||
Class B common stock, convertible ($.05 par value; 3,171 shares issued) | 159 | 159 | 159 | 159 | |||||||||||
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value; no shares issued) | | | | | |||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 93,886 | 128,566 | 128,566 | 128,566 | |||||||||||
Common stock in treasury, at cost (1,496 shares) | (8,864 | ) | (8,864 | ) | (8,864 | ) | (8,864 | ) | |||||||
Retained earnings (2) | 8,026 | 7,962 | 7,887 | 7,887 | |||||||||||
Unearned compensation | (368 | ) | (368 | ) | (368 | ) | (368 | ) | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (10,526 | ) | (10,526 | ) | (10,526 | ) | (10,526 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total stockholders' equity | $ | 82,938 | $ | 117,704 | $ | 117,629 | $ | 117,629 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total capitalization | $ | 214,881 | $ | 217,121 | $ | 217,046 | $ | 217,046 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
The number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of February 28, 2004 excludes:
24
As of February 28, 2004, our net tangible book value was $77.0 million or $5.44 per common share, including our common stock and Class B common stock. "Net tangible book value per share" is determined by dividing our net tangible book value (total tangible assets less total liabilities and minority interests) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock in the offering at an assumed offering price of $11.61 per share (the last reported sale price of our common stock on June 10, 2004), and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated expenses of the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of February 28, 2004, would have been approximately $109.5 million in the aggregate, or $6.38 per common share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.94 per common share to existing holders and immediate dilution of $5.23 per common share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed public offering price per share | $ | 11.61 | ||||
Net tangible book value per common share as of February 28, 2004 | $ | 5.44 | ||||
Increase attributable to new investors | $ | 0.94 | ||||
|
||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share as of February 28, 2004, after giving effect to this offering | $ | 6.38 | ||||
|
||||||
Dilution per common share to new investors | $ | 5.23 | ||||
|
"Dilution per common share to new investors" means the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share as of February 28, 2004, after giving effect to this offering.
As of February 28, 2004, the weighted average exercise price of all outstanding stock options was $9.39 per share and the weighted average exercise price of in-the-money stock options was $7.67. Since the book value per share was $5.44, the effect of those stock options would be anti-dilutive.
If the exchange offer is commenced, we expect to set the conversion price on the notes at a level above the then current market price of our common stock. Because the conversion price on the notes would be above the market price of our common stock, we do not believe that the exchange offer would have a dilutive effect on a book value basis. However, we cannot give any assurance as to the market price at such time as we may decide to commence the exchange offer.
Assuming the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by new investors will increase by 450,000 shares, to 3,450,000 shares, so that we would have had 14,534,747 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. In that event, the dilution per common share to new investors would be $5.12.
25
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following table contains selected consolidated financial data as of and for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and as of and for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004. The selected consolidated financial data as of May 31, 2002 and 2003, and for the fiscal years ended May 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, are derived from our audited financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our unaudited financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, which are normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation. Our results of operations for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 may not be indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future.
|
Fiscal Year Ended May 31
(1)
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
1999
|
2000
|
2001
|
2002
(2)
|
2003
(3)
|
February 28,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
||||||||||||||||
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 323,959 | $ | 410,468 | $ | 502,369 | $ | 443,492 | $ | 464,517 | $ | 345,582 | $ | 374,695 | |||||||||
Costs of products sold | 233,644 | 301,561 | 370,819 | 349,326 | 365,427 | 261,313 | 283,102 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Gross margin | 90,315 | 108,907 | 131,550 | 94,166 | 99,090 | 84,269 | 91,593 | ||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 71,572 | 82,464 | 94,444 | 99,070 | 100,749 | 74,155 | 78,441 | ||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net | 6,886 | 7,839 | 10,716 | 12,894 | 11,484 | 8,147 | 7,934 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes | 11,857 | 18,604 | 26,390 | (17,798 | ) | (13,143 | ) | 1,967 | 5,218 | ||||||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) | 3,505 | 5,500 | 8,656 | (6,339 | ) | (3,012 | ) | 825 | 1,621 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | 8,352 | 13,104 | 17,734 | (11,459 | ) | (10,131 | ) | 1,142 | 3,597 | ||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (4) | | | | | 17,862 | 17,862 | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 8,352 | $ | 13,104 | $ | 17,734 | $ | (11,459 | ) | $ | (27,993 | ) | $ | (16,720 | ) | $ | 3,597 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) per sharebasic: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | .60 | $ | 1.03 | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | $ | .08 | $ | .26 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes | | | | | (1.30 | ) | (1.30 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | .60 | $ | 1.03 | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | $ | (1.22 | ) | $ | .26 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) per sharediluted: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | .60 | $ | 1.00 | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | $ | .08 | $ | .25 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes | | | | | (1.30 | ) | (1.28 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | .60 | $ | 1.00 | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | $ | (1.20 | ) | $ | .25 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Dividends per common share (5) | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .12 | $ | .12 | |||||||||
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding: (6) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic | 13,882 | 12,684 | 13,333 | 13,617 | 13,809 | 13,742 | 14,002 | ||||||||||||||||
Diluted | 14,026 | 16,580 | 17,568 | 13,617 | 13,809 | 13,989 | 14,374 | ||||||||||||||||
Other Data: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | $ | 7,869 | $ | 8,911 | $ | 11,146 | $ | 12,386 | $ | 10,352 | $ | 7,757 | $ | 7,682 | |||||||||
Investment income | 636 | 1,032 | 575 | 352 | 124 | 123 | 127 | ||||||||||||||||
Depreciation & amortization | 4,238 | 5,159 | 5,776 | 5,875 | 5,364 | 4,273 | 4,013 | ||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 7,647 | 7,026 | 7,883 | 5,727 | 6,125 | 4,958 | 3,861 |
26
|
As of May 31
(1)
|
As of
|
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
1999
|
2000
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
February 28,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
|||||||||||||||
|
(In thousands unless otherwise stated)
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 12,569 | $ | 11,832 | $ | 15,946 | $ | 15,296 | $ | 16,874 | $ | 11,867 | $ | 19,727 | ||||||||
Working capital | 161,640 | 174,270 | 225,436 | 186,554 | 183,859 | 192,228 | 177,459 | |||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net | 23,047 | 25,851 | 28,753 | 28,827 | 31,088 | 30,588 | 30,747 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 235,678 | 264,925 | 321,514 | 286,647 | 264,931 | 266,137 | 275,136 | |||||||||||||||
Current maturities of long-term debt | 1,830 | 2,619 | 205 | 38 | 46 | 42 | 4,488 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term debt | 113,658 | 117,643 | 155,134 | 132,218 | 138,396 | 140,961 | 127,455 | |||||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | 84,304 | 93,993 | 109,545 | 99,414 | 75,631 | 80,677 | 82,938 |
27
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
Overview
We reached record sales of $502.4 million in fiscal 2001. The severe recession in the electronics industry following fiscal 2001 resulted in a 11.7% sales decline for us to $443.5 million in fiscal 2002. In fiscal 2003, our growth resumed as sales were up 4.7% to $464.5 million as all four of our strategic business units increased sales from the prior year. During the nine months ended February 28, 2004, we increased sales by 8.4% from a year ago to $374.7 million. Financial results for our last fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2004 marked the seventh consecutive quarter of year-over-year aggregate sales growth.
In the first nine months of fiscal 2004, net income before cumulative effect of accounting change more than tripled from $1.1 million or $0.08 per share in the prior year to $3.6 million or $0.25 per share primarily driven by the sales increase and our selling, general and administrative expenses reduction to 20.9% as a percentage of sales from 21.5% for the first nine months of the prior fiscal year. The net loss for fiscal 2003 was $28.0 million as we recorded, net of tax, $8.8 million inventory obsolescence and overstock provision and $17.9 million goodwill impairment charge. In fiscal 2002, we recorded a net loss of $11.5 million including, after tax, inventory provision of $9.8 million and charges related to the medical glassware business disposition of $2.9 million. In fiscal 2001, we posted a record net income of $17.7 million.
We strengthened our balance sheet during the nine-month period ended February 28, 2004, reducing inventory by $2.7 million to $93.2 million and paying down $8.1 million of debt (partially mitigated by foreign currency exchange effects) despite increased sales during this period. Liquidity was improved as cash increased $2.9 million to $19.7 million driven by $14.2 million positive cash flows from operations.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we identified an accounting error that occurred in our Swedish subsidiary which affected interest expense previously reported for the prior seven quarters in the aggregate amount of $738,000. We filed a Form 10-K/A for fiscal 2003 and a Form 10-Q/A for the period ended August 30, 2003, which increased interest expense reported in those periods.
In February of 2002, we sold our medical glassware business that represented a portion of former Medical Systems Group. The rest of Medical Systems Group was reclassified into the Display Systems Group and Corporate.
For information regarding our preliminary sales for fiscal 2004, see "Prospectus SummaryRecent Developments" beginning on page 6.
28
Results of Operations
Nine Months Ended February 28, 2004 Compared to Nine Months Ended February 28, 2003
The following table shows selected results of operations for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 compared to the nine months ended February 28, 2003 by business unit and geographic area.
|
SALES
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2003
|
FY 2004
|
% Change
|
|||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
|||||||||
By Business Unit: | ||||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 152,377 | $ | 163,493 | 7.3 | % | ||||
Industrial Power Group | 71,149 | 81,232 | 14.2 | % | ||||||
Security Systems Division | 69,601 | 76,541 | 10.0 | % | ||||||
Display Systems Group | 46,169 | 47,756 | 3.4 | % | ||||||
Other | 6,286 | 5,673 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 345,582 | $ | 374,695 | 8.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 196,041 | $ | 199,556 | 1.8 | % | ||||
Europe | 75,453 | 86,105 | 14.1 | % | ||||||
Asia/Pacific | 56,690 | 71,120 | 25.5 | % | ||||||
Latin America | 15,033 | 15,106 | 0.5 | % | ||||||
Corporate | 2,365 | 2,808 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 345,582 | $ | 374,695 | 8.4 | % | ||||
|
|
|
GROSS MARGIN
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2003
|
% of Sales
|
FY 2004
|
% of Sales
|
||||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
|||||||||||
By Business Unit: | ||||||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 34,079 | 22.4% | $ | 37,190 | 22.7 | % | |||||
Industrial Power Group | 22,236 | 31.3% | 24,730 | 30.4 | % | |||||||
Security Systems Division | 17,306 | 24.9% | 19,419 | 25.4 | % | |||||||
Display Systems Group | 11,977 | 25.9% | 12,132 | 25.4 | % | |||||||
Other | (1,329 | ) | (1,878 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Total | $ | 84,269 | 24.4% | $ | 91,593 | 24.4 | % | |||||
|
|
|||||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 51,230 | 26.1% | $ | 52,332 | 26.2 | % | |||||
Europe | 20,708 | 27.4% | 24,905 | 28.9 | % | |||||||
Asia/Pacific | 13,200 | 23.3% | 16,227 | 22.8 | % | |||||||
Latin America | 4,054 | 27.0% | 3,545 | 23.5 | % | |||||||
Corporate | (4,923 | ) | (5,416 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Total | $ | 84,269 | 24.4% | $ | 91,593 | 24.4 | % | |||||
|
|
NOTE: | Fiscal 2003 data has been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 2004 presentation. The modifications include: | |||
| reclassifying broadcast tubes from RF and Wireless Communications Group to Industrial Power Group; and | |||
| reclassifying direct export and a portion of Corporate to the identified geographic areas based on ship to location. | |||
Europe includes sales and gross margins to Middle East and Africa. | ||||
Corporate consists of freight and other non-specific sales and gross margins. |
29
Sales and Gross Margins. Consolidated sales for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 increased 8.4% to $374.7 million due to the increased demand across all strategic business units and all geographic areas. Consolidated gross margins were flat at 24.4%.
RF and Wireless Communications Group nine months sales increased 7.3% from levels for the first nine months of fiscal 2003, driven by strength in Network Access and Passive/Interconnect product lines offset by weakness in some specialty and Broadcast products. The Network Access and Passive/Interconnect product lines posted growth of 17.4% and 15.0% to $60.1 million and $31.1 million, respectively, compared to the prior year, associated with wireless demand increase. Gross margins were up 30 basis points led by the growth of higher margin Network Access and Passive/Interconnect product lines.
Industrial Power Group sales increased 14.2% for the nine months led by strong, broad-based demand. Power components were up 21% to $24.6 million while the tube businesses increased 12% to $56.7 million. Margins were down 90 basis points primarily due to the exchange rate impact on the cost of certain tube products manufactured in Europe.
Security Systems Division nine months sales increased 10.0%, fueled by continued expansion of the North America business and strengthening of the Canadian dollar. Gross margins increased 50 basis points due to the exchange rate impact partially offset by competitive pricing pressure.
Display Systems Group sales increased 3.4% for the nine months as medical monitor sales increased by 20.6% to $19.2 million reflecting the continued shift from a film-based environment to digital systems. High margin legacy cathode ray tube products were down 10.9% to $7.9 million, negatively affecting gross margin as the migration from cathode ray tube to liquid crystal display monitors continues.
North America nine months sales were up slightly as double-digit growth in Canada was offset by a decline in the United States primarily due to a completion of a large wireless infrastructure project in the prior year.
Europe sales increased 14.1% for the nine months as all countries posted increases in sales partially due to the weakening US dollar.
Asia/Pacific increased by 25.5% for the nine months from fiscal 2003. Our nine months sales in China increased 86.1% over last year to $15.9 million. The margins in China, however, are among the lowest in the area due to the high level of contract manufacturing and component sales, driving the overall Asia/Pacific gross margin down.
Latin America sales were slightly up for the nine months as increased sales in Mexico were partially offset by sales declines in Brazil.
Gross margins by geographic area experienced significant fluctuations for the first nine months from an increase of 150 basis points in Europe to a decrease of 350 basis points in Latin America, principally resulting from changes in the sales mix.
Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses. For the nine-month period, SG&A expenses increased by $4.3 million or 5.8% to $78.4 million primarily due to foreign currency translation, increased PeopleSoft implementation costs, and increased incentives on higher sales, partially offset by a reduction in the bad debt accrual. We expect the implementation of enterprise resource planning software to continue over the next couple of fiscal years while targeting total SG&A expenses to remain in the range of 20% to 21% of sales during these periods.
Interest and Other Expenses. Interest expense was relatively flat as both average borrowing levels and the weighted-average interest rate remained essentially the same compared to the prior year. Cash payments for interest were $8.5 million for the nine months ended February 28, 2004.
30
Other expense include a realized foreign exchange loss of $21,000 for the first nine months in fiscal 2004 compared to a realized foreign exchange loss of $435,000 for the same nine months in fiscal 2003. Also included in Other expenses are net investment income of $189,000 in 2004 and net investment loss of $20,000 in 2003. In the first nine months of fiscal 2004, we recorded a loss of $308,000 due to a loss on disposition of fixed assets and other-than-temporary investment impairment loss of $210,000.
Income Tax Provision. The effective tax rate was 31.1% for the nine-month period of fiscal 2004 compared to 41.9% in fiscal 2003. The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to the impact of certain non-tax deductible charges, our foreign sales corporation benefits on export sales, state taxes, and the tax impact of non-U.S. operations. As we restated fiscal 2003 results because of the accounting error in our Swedish subsidiary associated with interest expense, no adjustment was made to the income tax provision since we do not believe it is more likely than not that the benefits of the foreign losses will be realized. As a result, there were significant fluctuations in the income tax rate in fiscal 2003 and the first nine months of fiscal 2004.
Future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates, changes in the valuation of certain deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes.
Net Results. Net income for the first nine months of fiscal 2004 was $3.6 million, or $0.25 per share, compared to net income before cumulative effect of accounting change of $1.1 million, or $0.08 per share, in the first nine months of the prior year. The cumulative effect of accounting change included in the first nine months of fiscal 2003 net results represents a goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge in the amount of $17.9 million, net of taxes of $3.7 million. The impairment was recorded as a change in accounting principle in the first quarter of fiscal 2003.
31
Year Ended May 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended May 31, 2002
The following table shows selected results of operations for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003 compared to the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002 by business unit and geographic area.
|
SALES
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2002
|
FY 2003
|
% Change
|
||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||
By Business Unit: | |||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 181,969 | $ | 204,427 | 12.3% | ||||
Industrial Power Group | 95,018 | 95,508 | 0.5% | ||||||
Security Systems Division | 85,087 | 92,090 | 8.2% | ||||||
Display Systems Group | 60,697 | 64,191 | 5.8% | ||||||
Other | 20,721 | 8,301 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 443,492 | $ | 464,517 | 4.7% | ||||
|
|
||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 248,011 | $ | 259,640 | 4.7% | ||||
Europe | 94,670 | 103,129 | 8.9% | ||||||
Asia/Pacific | 68,817 | 78,146 | 13.6% | ||||||
Latin America | 29,013 | 20,523 | -29.3% | ||||||
Corporate | 2,981 | 3,079 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 443,492 | $ | 464,517 | 4.7% | ||||
|
|
|
GROSS MARGIN
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2002
|
% of Sales
|
FY 2003
|
% of Sales
|
|||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||
By Business Unit: | |||||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 42,642 | 23.4% | $ | 45,687 | 22.3% | |||||
Industrial Power Group | 29,181 | 30.7% | 29,523 | 30.9% | |||||||
Security Systems Division | 20,080 | 23.6% | 22,939 | 24.9% | |||||||
Display Systems Group | 15,864 | 26.1% | 16,218 | 25.3% | |||||||
Other | (13,601 | ) | (15,277 | ) | |||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 94,166 | 21.2% | $ | 99,090 | 21.3% | |||||
|
|
||||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 65,799 | 26.5% | $ | 67,863 | 26.1% | |||||
Europe | 25,295 | 26.7% | 28,387 | 27.5% | |||||||
Asia/Pacific | 15,861 | 23.0% | 17,895 | 22.9% | |||||||
Latin America | 7,994 | 27.6% | 5,274 | 25.7% | |||||||
Corporate | (20,783 | ) | (20,329 | ) | |||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 94,166 | 21.2% | $ | 99,090 | 21.3% | |||||
|
|
NOTE: | This data has been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 2004 presentation. The modifications include: | |||
| reclassifying broadcast tubes from RF and Wireless Communications Group to Industrial Power Group; and | |||
| reclassifying direct export and a portion of Corporate to the identified geographic areas based on ship to location. | |||
Europe includes sales and gross margins to Middle East and Africa. | ||||
Corporate consists of freight and other non-specific sales and gross margins. |
32
Sales and Gross Margins. Consolidated sales in fiscal 2003 were $464.5 million, up 4.7% from fiscal 2002 sales of $443.5 million.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded a pre-tax provision for inventory obsolescence and overstock of $15.3 million, $9.8 million net of tax. The charge was driven by our sales not meeting our expectations, reflecting industrywide conditions, a prolonged recovery period, and changes in our mix of business toward higher technology products, particularly in the telecommunications market. Inventories that support the telecommunications market typically have more rapid obsolescence experience than our electron tube products, which represented the predominant amount of our historical sales. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we recorded an additional provision of $13.8 million, $8.8 million net of tax, primarily for inventory obsolescence, overstock, and shrink, to write down inventory to net realizable value as we aligned our inventory and cost structure to current sales levels amid continued economic slowdown and limited visibility.
We review our inventory on a quarterly basis. Inventory is evaluated from several perspectives, including quantity on hand based on historical sales activity and potential obsolescence based on projected future sales volumes and technology changes. We have a distinct seasonal pattern which is correlated with the timing of vacations of our customers in Europe and holidays within our fiscal calendar. The fiscal third quarter, comprised of December, January, and February, is a traditional holiday period and based on eight years of history, from fiscal 1994 to 2001, experiences an average 3.0% sequential decline in net sales. Conversely, our fiscal fourth quarter, comprised of March, April, and May, experiences an average 11.3% sequential increase in net sales, based on the period from fiscal 1994 to 2001. In fiscal 2002, we experienced our first full year sales decline since 1992 and the results in the fourth quarter were particularly adverse, as our industry continued its slump longer than many expected. During our quarterly reviews prior to the fourth quarter of 2002, we did not feel that, based on our historical results and our expectations going forward, our inventory required a write down. However, given results for the fourth quarter of 2002, we determined that a write down was appropriate. In fiscal 2003, a similar pattern held, in that our results for the first three quarters closely tracked historical patterns (with the third quarter actually beating the historical pattern). As in fiscal 2002, the fourth quarter was disappointing, and, again, we determined at that time that a write down was appropriate.
We recently implemented new polices and procedures to strengthen our inventory management process while continuing to invest in system technology to further enhance our inventory management tools. We are committed to inventory management as an ongoing process as the business evolves and technology changes.
In fiscal 2003, RF and Wireless Communications Group sales were up 12.3% from fiscal 2002 due to stronger US wireless communications demand, solid gains in passive and interconnect segments, and several large contract wins in North America. Gross margins continued to decline, dropping 110 basis points in fiscal 2003 primarily due to lower markups on several large contracts in the U.S.
Industrial Power Group sales in fiscal 2003 increased 0.5%, reflecting 20% growth in the sale of power semiconductors, primarily in industrial RF and industrial power conversion applications, offset by a 4% decline in the legacy tube business, primarily as a result of project timing in the broadcast tube market. Gross margins were up 20 basis points in fiscal 2003 primarily due to changes in product mix.
Security Systems Division sales were higher by 8.2% in fiscal 2003 primarily due to heightened concerns over security and acceleration in the conversion from analog to digital technology. Gross margins were up 130 basis points in fiscal 2003 as higher margin digital technology products represented a larger percentage of sales.
33
Display Systems Group sales increased 5.8% in fiscal 2003 despite a decline in cathode ray tube sales of 10% offset by strong advances in custom flat panel monitor and medical monitor sales. The medical monitor business grew 31% in fiscal 2003 as we secured several large contracts with our new product offerings. Gross margins declined 80 basis points in fiscal 2003 as increased medical monitor sales carried lower margins.
On February 22, 2002, we sold our medical glassware business, including the reloading and distribution of X-ray, CT, and image intensifier tubes, to Royal Philips Electronics amid continued decline in sales and gross margins due to increased competition in the replacement market and production inefficiencies in tube reloading. Medical glassware sales fell 90.2% in fiscal 2003 as a result of the sale of the business at the end of the third quarter in fiscal 2002. The fiscal 2003 revenues represent sales of residual inventory as well as certain camera tubes we still sell into multiple markets.
North American sales increased 4.7% in fiscal 2003 as we benefited from improved demand in the US wireless communications market and continued gains in the Canadian security market, in which our Security Systems Division's operation, Burtek, is one of the leading suppliers.
European sales increased 8.9% in fiscal 2003, propelled by the strong Euro and solid gains in our Security Systems Division and Displays Systems Group.
Asia/Pacific marked its fifth consecutive year of double-digit growth as sales increased 13.6% in fiscal 2003. Taiwan, Japan, and China posted the largest gains in fiscal 2003 as we opened a third sales office in China and had a strong RF and Wireless Communications Group performance in Japan.
Latin American economies did not perform well during fiscal 2003 as they suffered from the effects of the global economic recession, weak investment inflows, political instability in several countries, and general uncertainty about the future economic policies of several countries. This was the main reason sales decreased 29.3% in fiscal 2003. Effects of the sold medical glassware business and continued devaluation of local currencies also contributed to the sharp decline.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million in fiscal 2003 to $100.7 million. Included in the SG&A expense is a restructuring charge of $1.7 million as we eliminated over 70 positions or approximately 6% of our workforce and terminated a property lease contract. Increases in salaries, primarily resulting from employee merit increases, contributed over $2.0 million to the SG&A rise. Incentives were up $1.5 million in fiscal 2003 on higher sales while fringe benefits were up approximately $1.0 million driven by increasing health-care costs and higher payroll. In fiscal 2002, we recorded a loss of $4.6 million related to the sale of our medical glassware business.
Other Income and Expense. Interest expense decreased 16.4% in fiscal 2003 partially due to $1.1 million lower charges related to the fair market value adjustments of the fixed rate swaps. Also, we benefited from historically low interest rates as our weighted average interest rate decreased to 6.09% on May 31, 2003, compared to 6.35% a year ago.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we identified an accounting error that occurred in our Swedish subsidiary which affected interest expense previously reported for the prior seven quarters in the aggregate amount of $738,000. We have restated financial results for fiscal years 2003 and 2002, which increased interest expense reported in those periods.
Investment income includes realized capital losses of $61,000 in fiscal 2003 related to our investment portfolio. Foreign exchange and other expenses primarily reflect changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies.
Income Tax Provision. Our effective tax rates were 22.9% in fiscal 2003 and 35.6% in fiscal 2002. Differences between the effective tax rate as compared to the prior year and as compared to the
34
U.S. federal statutory rate of 34% principally result from our geographical distribution of taxable income and losses, certain non-tax deductible charges, and our foreign sales corporation benefit on export sales, net of state income taxes. In fiscal 2003, due to the fact that we are in a loss position, the lower tax rate is indicative of a lower tax benefit being recorded. This primarily resulted from the establishment of a $1.6 million valuation reserve related to our deferred tax assets outside of the United States. As a result, no tax benefit was recognized on losses in certain foreign subsidiaries.
Net Results. In fiscal 2003, we posted a net loss of $28.0 million. The loss includes, net of tax, $17.9 million goodwill impairment charge, $8.8 million charge related to inventory, $1.1 million restructuring charge, and other charges of $2.0 million.
We recorded a net loss of $11.5 million in fiscal 2002 which included after tax charges related to the medical glassware business disposition of $2.9 million, inventory obsolescence and overstock of $9.8 million, and other charges of $0.5 million.
Year Ended May 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended May 31, 2001
The following table shows selected results of operations for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002 compared to the fiscal year ended May 31, 2001 by business unit and geographic area.
|
SALES
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2001
|
FY 2002
|
% Change
|
||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||
By Business Unit: | |||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 220,545 | $ | 181,969 | -17.5% | ||||
Industrial Power Group | 112,889 | 95,018 | -15.8% | ||||||
Security Systems Division | 82,352 | 85,087 | 3.3% | ||||||
Display Systems Group | 59,476 | 60,697 | 2.1% | ||||||
Other | 27,107 | 20,721 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 502,369 | $ | 443,492 | -11.7% | ||||
|
|
||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 310,274 | $ | 248,011 | -20.1% | ||||
Europe | 104,215 | 94,670 | -9.2% | ||||||
Asia/Pacific | 56,735 | 68,817 | 21.3% | ||||||
Latin America | 28,050 | 29,013 | 3.4% | ||||||
Corporate | 3,095 | 2,981 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total | $ | 502,369 | $ | 443,492 | -11.7% | ||||
|
|
35
|
GROSS MARGIN
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
FY 2001
|
% of Sales
|
FY 2002
|
% of Sales
|
|||||||
|
(In thousands)
|
||||||||||
By Business Unit: | |||||||||||
RF and Wireless Communications Group | $ | 57,904 | 26.3% | $ | 42,642 | 23.4% | |||||
Industrial Power Group | 36,339 | 32.2% | 29,181 | 30.7% | |||||||
Security Systems Division | 18,932 | 23.0% | 20,080 | 23.6% | |||||||
Display Systems Group | 14,553 | 24.5% | 15,864 | 26.1% | |||||||
Other | 3,882 | (13,601 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 131,550 | 26.2% | $ | 94,166 | 21.2% | |||||
|
|
||||||||||
By Geographic Area: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America | $ | 90,276 | 29.1% | $ | 65,799 | 26.5% | |||||
Europe | 29,919 | 28.7% | 25,295 | 26.7% | |||||||
Asia/Pacific | 17,238 | 30.4% | 15,861 | 23.0% | |||||||
Latin America | 7,856 | 28.0% | 7,994 | 27.6% | |||||||
Corporate | (13,739 | ) | (20,783 | ) | |||||||
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 131,550 | 26.2% | $ | 94,166 | 21.2% | |||||
|
|
NOTE: | This data has been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 2004 presentation. The modifications include: | |||
| reclassifying broadcast tubes from RF and Wireless Communications Group to Industrial Power Group; and | |||
| reclassifying direct export and a portion of Corporate to the identified geographic areas based on ship to location. | |||
Europe includes sales and gross margins to Middle East and Africa. | ||||
Corporate consists of freight and other non-specific sales and gross margins. |
Sales and Gross Margin. Consolidated sales in fiscal 2002 were $443.5 million, 11.7% down from fiscal 2001 sales of $502.4 million.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded a pre-tax provision for inventory obsolescence and overstock of $15.3 million, $9.8 million net of tax. The charge was driven by our sales not meeting our expectations, reflecting industrywide conditions, a prolonged recovery period, and changes in our mix of business toward higher technology products, particularly in the telecommunications market. Inventories that support the telecommunications market typically have more rapid obsolescence experience than our electron tube products, which represented the predominant amount of our historical sales.
RF and Wireless Communications Group sales decreased 17.5% in fiscal 2002 to $182.0 million reflecting lower demand primarily in North America and Europe due to the general state of the economy, particularly in the telecommunications market. The decline was partially offset by growth in Asia/Pacific and revenues of acquired businesses. Gross margin as a percent of sales was 23.4% in fiscal 2002, compared to 26.3% in fiscal 2001. The decline in margin in fiscal 2002 is primarily associated with lower markups on an expanded customer base in Asia/Pacific.
As part of our business model to grow through both product line and geographic expansion, we made a strategic acquisition in fiscal 2002 relating to the group. In July 2001, we acquired Sangus AB of Stockholm, Sweden, a leading distributor and manufacturers' representative specializing in design-in
36
and engineering support for RF, microwave, and fiber optics to the wireless and communications markets in the Nordic region. The acquisition contributed $8.7 million to sales in fiscal 2002.
Industrial Power Group sales declined 15.8% in fiscal 2002 reflecting lower investment levels for microwave equipment by the semiconductor industry as well as lower demand for both industrial and power conversion products. Gross margin was 30.7% in fiscal 2002, compared to 32.2% in fiscal 2001. The decline in margin in fiscal 2002 is primarily due to several large volume contracts at lower margins and changes in product mix.
Security Systems Division sales were higher by 3.3% in fiscal 2002 because of heightened concerns over security and an acceleration in the conversion from analog to digital technology. Gross margin was up to 23.6% in fiscal 2002 from 23.0% in fiscal 2001 as higher margin digital technology products represented a larger percentage of sales.
Display Systems Group sales increased 2.1% in fiscal 2002 with strong growth in custom flat panel monitor sales of 14.2% and growth in medical monitor sales of 6.2%, due to expanded product offerings, partially offset by a decline in cathode ray tube sales of 13.2% as markets shift to liquid crystal display monitors. Gross margin as a percent of sales was 26.1% in fiscal 2002, compared to 24.5% in fiscal 2001. The margin increase reflects a general improvement in flat panel monitor and medical monitor margins driven by increased value added from our engineered solutions model.
Other sales primarily consisted of medical system sales. On February 22, 2002, we sold our medical glassware business, including the reloading and distribution of X-ray, CT, and image intensifier tubes, to Royal Philips Electronics amid continued decline in sales and gross margins due to increased competition in the replacement market and production inefficiencies in tube reloading. Medical system sales decreased 25.8% in fiscal 2002 primarily as a result of the sale of the medical glassware business during the year.
North American sales decreased 20.1% in fiscal 2002 as a direct result of the general economic conditions particularly in telecommunication and semiconductor markets. Sales in Europe decreased 9.2% in fiscal 2002 primarily due to lower RF and Wireless Communications demand. Asia/Pacific sales increased 21.3% in fiscal 2002 led by strong RF and Wireless Communications growth. Sales in Latin America increased 3.4% in fiscal 2002 primarily due to RF and Wireless Communications and Security Systems growth.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.6 million in fiscal 2002 primarily due to the loss we recorded related to the sale of our medical glassware business. In fiscal 2002, the effect of acquisitions and continued investment in our engineering staff was partially offset by strict cost control measures on certain discretionary expenses.
Other Income and Expense. Interest expense increased 11.1% in fiscal 2002 primarily because of the charge related to the interest rate exchange agreements not designated as hedges upon the adoption of SFAS No. 133. Investment income includes realized capital gains of $49,000 and $222,000 in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001. Foreign exchange and other expenses primarily reflect changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies.
Income Tax Provision. Our effective tax rates were 35.6% in fiscal 2002 and 32.8% in fiscal 2001. The rates differ from the statutory rates of 34% in fiscal 2002 and 35% in fiscal 2001 primarily due to our foreign sales corporation benefit on export sales and, in fiscal 2001, realization of tax benefit on prior years' foreign losses, offset by state income taxes.
Net Results. In fiscal 2002, we recorded a net loss of $11.5 million, compared to net income of $17.7 million in fiscal 2001. The loss in fiscal 2002 included after tax charges related to the medical glassware business disposition of $2.9 million, inventory obsolescence and overstock of $9.8 million, and other charges of $0.5 million.
37
Earnings Guidance
Our bookings (which we define to mean purchase orders which we have received from, or which have been communicated by, a customer) and backlog (which we define to mean bookings remaining and scheduled to be shipped within the next fiscal quarterly period) have continued to strengthen throughout the current fiscal year, primarily associated with wireless growth and broad based increases in industrial demand for power products. At the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, backlog scheduled for shipment within the next three months has increased for four consecutive quarters and bookings have increased for five consecutive quarters. Based on an assumed continuation of these trends and sales of new products, we currently anticipate growth in revenue and earnings for fiscal 2005. We currently estimate that revenues will range from $580 million to $620 million. We expect gross margin to be in the range of 24.7% to 25.3% with operating expenses between 20.5% and 21.0% of sales. We estimate that net income will be between $8.9 million and $10.3 million and that earnings per diluted share will be between $0.60 to $0.70, excluding the effect of the issuance of shares we are offering by this prospectus and the potential exchange offer.
In developing these estimates, we gave some weight to the amounts of recent percentage increases in backlog and bookings, which exceeded the anticipated growth rates in revenues and earnings per diluted share for fiscal 2005. Bookings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 increased approximately 35% from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Backlog at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 increased approximately 55% compared to the prior year period end. However, due largely to the early stage of the possible economic recovery, and the fact that backlog has historically represented less than one-third of revenues in any fiscal quarter, we do not believe that the actual percentage increases in bookings and backlog are likely to result in comparable increases in annual revenues. Instead, we view the increases in bookings and backlog as providing an indication there is a reasonable possibility that the revenues will approximate their average historical seasonal pattern, based on the period from fiscal 1993 through 2003. We experience moderate seasonality in our business and typically realize lower sequential revenues in our first and third fiscal quarters, reflecting decreased transaction volume in the summer and holiday months. Conversely, we typically realize higher sequential revenues in the second and fourth fiscal quarters due to the absence of holidays and vacations. On an average sequential quarter basis during the period from fiscal 1993 through 2003, our first quarter revenues decreased approximately 5%, our second quarter revenues increased approximately 10%, our third quarter revenues decreased approximately 3% and our fourth quarter revenues increased approximately 9%. In fiscal 2004, the sequential fourth quarter sales increase is estimated to be approximately 14%. In any event, our estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimates, as described in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In recent years, we have financed our growth and cash needs largely through income from operations and borrowings under revolving credit facilities. Liquidity provided by our operating activities is reduced by working capital requirements, debt service, capital expenditures, dividends, and business acquisitions. Liquidity is increased by proceeds from borrowings and business dispositions.
We provide engineered solutions, including prototype design and assembly, in niche markets. Additionally, we specialize in certain products representing trailing-edge technology that may not be available from other sources, and may not be currently manufactured. In many cases, our products are components of production equipment for which immediate availability is critical to the customer. Accordingly, we enjoy higher gross margins, but have larger investments in inventory than those of a commodity electronics distributor.
38
Cash provided by operations was $7.8 million in fiscal 2003 and $33.1 million in fiscal 2002, while in fiscal 2001, $18.7 million of cash was used in operations. Working capital requirements increased by $3.2 million in fiscal 2003 as enhanced collection of receivables and improved inventory management did not fully offset a decrease in days payable. Working capital requirements decreased $22.2 million in fiscal 2002 in line with the 11.7% sales reduction. In fiscal 2001, additional investments in working capital to support sales growth were $44.4 million.
Cash and cash equivalents were $19.7 million at February 28, 2004, an increase of $2.9 million from the beginning of the year. During the first nine months of fiscal 2004, we generated $14.2 million of cash from operating activities. Working capital decreased $4.3 million, largely due to an increase in accounts payable of $7.6 million and a decrease in inventory of $4.3 million, partially offset by a $8.9 million accounts receivable increase.
Inventory days were approximately 89 days at the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2004, compared with 86 days at the end of the second quarter and 97 days at the end of fiscal 2003. Inventory levels and the associated inventory turns reflect our ongoing inventory management efforts. Inventory management remains an area of focus as we seek to balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive lead times against the risk of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements.
The increase in accounts receivable was due to increased sales volume as days sales outstanding was flat at 58 days at the end of the third quarter of 2004 as compared to the end of the second quarter and slightly down from the end of fiscal 2003 level of 59 days.
Days payable were approximately 27 days at the end of the third quarter of 2004, compared to 26 days at the end of the second quarter and 22 days at the end of fiscal 2003. The increase in days payable is primarily due to extended terms negotiated with vendors on large stocking orders.
Quarterly dividends of $0.04 per common share and $0.036 per class B common share in the total amount of $1.7 million for the nine months were offset by $1.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options by employees, resulting in net cash used in financing activities of $7.7 million. Annual dividend payments for fiscal 2003 amounted to $2.2 million. The policy regarding payment of dividends is reviewed periodically by the board of directors in light of the Company's operating needs and capital structure. Over the last 15 years, the Company was in a position to regularly pay a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share and $0.036 per class B common share. Management currently expects this trend to continue in fiscal 2004.
We spent approximately $3.9 million on capital projects during the first nine months of fiscal 2004 primarily related to PeopleSoft development costs and ongoing investments in information technology infrastructure. Over the next two quarters management estimates the capital expenditures to increase to approximately $2.0 million per quarter as the enterprise resource planning software implementation progresses. The $1.0 million earnout payment represents a cash outlay associated with the Pixelink and Celti acquisitions as the business units achieved certain operating performance criteria.
We spent approximately $6.1 million on capital projects during fiscal 2003 primarily related to capitalized PeopleSoft development costs ($3.0 million), facility improvements at the Corporate headquarters (over $1.0 million), as well as ongoing efficiencies in operating and information technology infrastructure.
As of the end of fiscal 2003, we maintained $138.4 million in long-term debt primarily in the form of two issues of convertible debentures and a multi-currency credit facility. In fiscal 2004, the interest payments on the debentures of $2,767,000 each are scheduled for June and December of 2003. We have a multi-currency revolving credit facility agreement in the amount of $102.0 million. The agreement matures in September 2005, when the outstanding balance at that time will become due. At May 31, 2003, $65.8 million was outstanding on the facility. We have pledged substantially all of our
39
assets, including stock of our subsidiaries, as security for our obligations under the credit facility. The agreement bears interest at applicable LIBOR rates plus a margin, varying with certain financial performance criteria. At May 31, 2003, the applicable margin was 225 basis points and $36.2 million was available under the total facility. This amount was reduced to $9.4 million due to the borrowing base limitations. At February 28, 2004, the applicable margin was 225 basis points, $60.5 million was outstanding and $41.5 million was available under the total facility. This available amount was reduced to $17.8 million due to the borrowing base limitations.
In the nine-month period of fiscal 2004, we reduced our long-term debt by $6.5 million as $7.6 million was paid down under the multi-currency credit facility. Foreign currency translation increased the debt by $1.6 million, while payments on the interest rate exchange hedges accounted for the balance of the debt reduction. We were in compliance with all debt covenants for the nine-month period ended February 28, 2004.
The credit agreement and debenture indentures contain financial covenants with which we were in full compliance at May 31, 2003 and February 28, 2004. These covenants include benchmark levels for tangible net worth, borrowing base, senior funded debt to cash flow, and annual debt service coverage. In addition, we would be in default of our credit agreement if Mr. Edward Richardson's stock were not sufficient for him to elect a majority of our board of directors and control any amendment to our by-laws. In connection with this offering and the exchange offer, we have obtained the consent and waiver from the lenders of certain covenants contained in the credit agreement. See "The Exchange Offer."
We have interest rate exchange agreements to convert approximately $37.2 million of our floating rate debt to an average fixed rate of 8% through July 2004. At June 1, 2001, in connection with the adoption of SFAS No. 133, we recorded a transition adjustment relating to these agreements, which reduced other accumulated comprehensive income in shareholders' equity by $971,000, after tax. In addition, we recorded $789,000 in fiscal 2003 and $1,926,000 in fiscal 2002 related to these agreements as additional interest expense in the statement of operations.
As of February 28, 2004, we had $30,825,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding and $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding. If we are unable to exchange or redeem all or some of this debt, it is likely that we will not be able to generate sufficient cash to repay the outstanding debentures at maturity. The working capital requirements of our business result in substantial fluctuations in our cash balances during fiscal quarters. We are unlikely to be able to redeem or repay the outstanding debentures at maturity without depleting our cash balance to a level that would be insufficient to support our business.
We also plan to offer to exchange any and all of our outstanding debentures that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for an equal principal amount of notes. The exchange offer, if commenced, would be made by a separate prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. The exchange offer would not be contingent upon the closing of this offering. While we believe we would be able to strengthen our financial position, improve our capital structure, and reduce our cash expenditures by conducting the exchange offer, we may not be successful. If we do not commence the exchange offer or if it is unsuccessful and we are unable to repay the outstanding debentures at maturity, our default in payment of the outstanding debentures would trigger an event of default, or a cross-default, under the separate indenture that would govern any notes that may be issued in the exchange offer as well as our credit agreement and could trigger acceleration of the related debt. In addition, the lenders under our credit agreement could foreclose on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured creditors. Any default under our credit agreement or the indentures governing the outstanding debentures or the notes could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations, our ability to make payments on our debt obligations, our ability to obtain favorable financing terms and, ultimately, could
40
affect our ability to continue as a going concern and could require us to seek judicial or bankruptcy relief.
Currently, we do not have any financing plans for payment of the outstanding debentures other than this offering and the exchange offer. If this offering is successfully completed, we intend to use the net proceeds to repay borrowings under our credit agreement. Subsequently, in the event debentures remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer, we intend to reborrow an amount not in excess of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem those debentures to the extent of such proceeds. If the proceeds from this offering are insufficient to redeem all of the outstanding debentures and the exchange offer is not commenced or is unsuccessful, we will evaluate alternative financing plans for payment of the outstanding debentures at that time, taking into account the then existing market conditions. See "The Exchange Offer."
We believe that the exchange offer, if successful, would strengthen our financial position, improve our capital structure and reduce our cash expenditures by:
See "Risk Management and Market Sensitive Financial Instruments" for information regarding the effect on net income of market changes in interest rates.
On June 8, 2004, we entered into a contract to sell approximately 205 acres of real estate adjoining our headquarters for $10,966,500. The contract is subject to a number of conditions, including governmental approvals, including rezoning to permit development of a residential subdivision, as well as environmental testing and other customary conditions. Accordingly, we cannot give any assurance as to the timing or successful completion of the transaction.
Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments
Certain contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of February 28, 2004 by expiration period are presented in the table below:
|
Payments due by fiscal period as of February 28, 2004
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004
|
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
Beyond
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||
Convertible debentures | $ | | $ | 3,850 | $ | 6,225 | $ | 60,750 | $ | | $ | | $ | 70,825 | ||||||||
Floating-rate multi-currency revolving credit facility | | | 60,435 | | | | 60,435 | |||||||||||||||
Financial instruments | 448 | 149 | | | | | 597 | |||||||||||||||
Facility lease obligations | 991 | 2,971 | 1,973 | 1,037 | 711 | 740 | 8,423 | |||||||||||||||
Performance bonds | | 645 | | | | | 645 | |||||||||||||||
Contingent and earnout payments | 5,979 | 1,084 | | | | | 7,063 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 15 | 70 | | | | | 85 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 7,433 | $ | 8,769 | $ | 68,633 | $ | 61,787 | $ | 711 | $ | 740 | $ | 148,073 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible debentures consist of the 8 1 / 4 % debentures, with principal of $40,000,000 due June 2006, and the 7 1 / 4 % debentures, with principal of $30,825,000 due December 2006. With respect to the 7 1 / 4 % debentures, we are required to make sinking fund payments of $3,850,000 in fiscal 2005 and $6,225,000 in fiscal 2006. The floating-rate multi-currency revolving credit facility matures in September of 2005 and bears interest at applicable LIBOR rates plus a 225 basis point margin. Financial
41
instruments represent remaining liability associated with our interest rate exchange agreements. Facility lease obligations are related to certain warehouse and office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain African and Latin American customers require performance bonds with expiration dates between July and December of 2004, renewable annually. Contingent and earnout payments represent additional consideration to be paid pursuant to certain of our acquisition agreements assuming certain operation performance criteria are met. We acquired Pixelink Corporation during fiscal year 1999 and Celti Electronics and AVIV Electronics during fiscal year 2001. The terms of these acquisition agreements provide for additional consideration to be paid if the acquired entities results of operations exceed certain targeted levels or other criteria. For Aviv, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income with a guaranteed minimum. For Pixelink, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income and in the case of Celti, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income once a minimum threshold is achieved. Such amounts are paid in cash and recorded when earned as additional consideration and amounted to $764,000 and $1,008,000 for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Contingent and earnout payments, including the amounts paid during fiscal 2004 to date, associated with these acquisitions amount to $5,979,000 and will be payable in fiscal 2004, assuming the goals established in all agreements are met. The $1,084,000 fiscal year 2005 contingent and earnout payment will be payable in fiscal 2005 assuming the goals established in the acquisition agreement are met.
Our management believes that the existing sources of liquidity, including current cash and equivalents as well as cash provided by operating activities, supplemented as necessary with funds available under our credit arrangements, will provide sufficient resources to meet our present and future working capital and other cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to understanding our financial position and results of operations. Their application involves more significant judgments and estimates in preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements. For all of these policies, management cautions that future events rarely develop exactly as forecast, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The estimates are influenced by the following considerations: continuing credit evaluation of customers' financial conditions; aging of receivables, individually and in the aggregate; large number of customers and their dispersion across wide geographic areas; collectability and delinquency history by geographic area; and the fact that no single customer accounts for 10% or more of net sales. Material changes in one or more of these considerations may require adjustments to the allowance affecting net income and net carrying value of Accounts Receivable. As of May 31, 2003, the balance in the account was $3,350,000.
42
Impairment of Investments. We hold a portfolio of investment securities and periodically assess its recoverability. In the event of a decline in fair value of an investment, the judgment is made whether the decline is other-than-temporary. Management's assessment as to the nature of a decline is largely based on the duration of that market decline, financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, and our cash requirements and intent to hold the investment. If an investment is impaired and the decline in market value is considered to be other-than-temporary, an appropriate write-down is recorded.
In fiscal 2003, an investment impairment of $72,000 was recorded in operating results. In addition, the carrying value of certain investments was $240,000 below cost based on the closing prices on May 31, 2003. In preparing fiscal 2003 financial statements, management concluded that these stock price declines were temporary and no additional write-down was required as of May 31, 2003.
Inventories. In fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, we carried our inventories at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. Effective June 1, 2003, the North American operations, which represent a majority of our operations and approximately 76% of our inventories, changed from the LIFO method to the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. All other inventories were consistently stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. The FIFO method is preferable in these circumstances because it provides a better matching of revenue and expenses in our business environment. The accounting change was not material to the financial statements for any of the periods, and accordingly, no retroactive restatement of prior years' financial statements was made.
Provisions for obsolete or slow moving inventories are recorded based upon regular analysis of stock rotation, obsolescence, and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If future demand, change in the industry, or market conditions differ from management's estimates, additional provisions may be necessary.
In fiscal 2003 and 2002, we recorded inventory obsolescence and overstock provisions of $13.8 million and $15.3 million, respectively, which were included in the cost of sales. The provisions were principally for obsolete and slow moving parts. The parts were written down to estimated realizable value.
We recently implemented new policies and procedures to strengthen our inventory management process while continuing to invest in system technology to further enhance our inventory management tools. These policy and procedure changes included increased approval authorization levels for inventory purchases, quarterly quantitative and qualitative inventory aging analysis and review, changes in our budgeting process to establish targets and metrics that relate to our return on assets rather than only a revenue and profit expectation, and realignment of our incentive programs in accordance with these targets and metrics. We are committed to inventory management as an ongoing process as the business evolves and technology changes.
Long-Lived and Intangible Assets. We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amounts of our long-lived assets, including software, property, plant and equipment. Impairment is assessed when the undiscounted expected cash flows derived from an asset are less than its carrying amount. If impairment exists, the carrying value of the impaired asset is written down and impairment loss is recorded in operating results. In assessing the potential impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets, management makes significant estimates and assumptions regarding the discounted future cash flows to determine the fair value of the respective assets on an annual basis. These estimates and their related assumptions include, but are not limited to, projected future operating results, industry and economy trends, market discount rates, indirect expense allocations, and tax rates. If these estimates or assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy, our profitability, or market conditions, among other factors, this could adversely affect future goodwill and other intangible assets valuations and result in additional impairment charges.
43
Effective June 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 (SFAS 142), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This statement changed the accounting for goodwill and indefinite-lived assets from an amortization approach to an impairment-only approach. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, we recorded a transitional impairment charge during the first quarter of fiscal 2003 of $21.6 million ($17.9 million net of tax), presented as a cumulative effect of accounting change. We performed our annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. We did not find any indication that additional impairment existed and, therefore, no additional impairment loss was recorded.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 146 (SFAS 146), Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities. SFAS 146 provides guidance on the accounting for recognizing, measuring, and reporting of costs associated with exit and disposal activities, including restructuring activities. SFAS 146 adjusts the timing of when a liability for termination benefits is to be recognized based on whether the employee is required to render future service. A liability for costs to terminate an operating lease or other contract before the end of its term is to be recognized when the entity terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. All other costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are to be expensed as incurred. SFAS 146 requires the liability to be measured at its fair value with subsequent changes in fair value to be recognized each reporting period utilizing an interest allocation approach. The pronouncement is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.
In November 2002, FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN 45 requires certain guarantees to be measured at fair value upon issuance and recorded as a liability. In addition, FIN 45 expands current disclosure requirements regarding guarantees issued by an entity, including tabular presentation of the changes affecting an entity's aggregate product warranty liability. The recognition and measurement requirements of the interpretation are effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements are effective for us commencing in our annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003.
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based CompensationTransition and Disclosure, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends certain provisions of SFAS 123 to require that disclosure of the pro forma effect of applying the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation be prominently displayed in an entity's accounting policy in annual and interim financial statements. We are required to follow the prescribed format and provide the additional disclosures required by SFAS 148 in its annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, and must also provide the disclosures in its quarterly reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning with the quarterly period ending February 28, 2003.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (VIE). FIN 46 requires that if a company holds a controlling financial interest in a VIE, the assets, liabilities, and results of the VIE's activities should be consolidated in the entity's financial statements. We do not expect FIN 46 to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
SFAS 149 was issued in April 2003 and amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
44
Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS 149 is generally effective for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in certain contracts, entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 149 to have a material impact on our operating results or financial condition.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristic of Both Liabilities and Equity. This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within the scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
Risk Management and Market Sensitive Financial Instruments
Our foreign denominated assets and liabilities are cash, accounts receivable, inventory, and accounts payable, primarily in Canada and member countries of the European community and, to a lesser extent, in Asia/Pacific and Latin America. We monitor our foreign exchange exposures and have entered into forward contracts to hedge significant transactions; however, this activity is infrequent. In fiscal 2003, we entered into two such transactions with a total value of approximately $450,000. Through the first nine months of fiscal 2004, we entered into only one forward contract with an approximate value of $85,000. Other tools that may be used to manage foreign exchange exposures include the use of currency clauses in sales contracts and the use of local debt to offset asset exposures.
As discussed above, our debt financing, in part, varies with market rates exposing us to the market risk from changes in interest rates. Certain of our operations, assets, and liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies subjecting us to foreign currency exchange risk. In order to provide the user of these financial statements guidance regarding the magnitude of these risks, the Securities and Exchange Commission requires us to provide certain quantitative disclosures based upon hypothetical assumptions. Specifically, these disclosures require the calculation of the effect of a 10% increase in market interest rates and a uniform 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies on our reported net earnings and financial position.
Under these assumptions, additional interest expense, tax effected, would have increased the net loss by $81,000 in fiscal 2003 and $247,000 in fiscal 2002, respectively. These amounts were determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical 10% interest rate increase on our variable rate outstanding borrowings.
Had the U.S. dollar strengthened 10% against various foreign currencies, sales would have been lower by an estimated $20.2 million in fiscal 2003 and $19.3 million in fiscal 2002. Total assets would have declined by $7.5 million and $8.1 million, while the total liabilities would have decreased by $4.4 million and $4.1 million in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002, respectively. These amounts were determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical 10% decrease in average foreign exchange rates against the U.S. dollar on the sales, assets, and liabilities of our international operations.
The interpretation and analysis of these disclosures should not be considered in isolation since variances in interest rates and exchange rates would likely influence other economic factors. These factors, which are not readily quantifiable, would likely also affect our operations.
45
General
We also expect to offer to exchange $1,000 principal amount of notes for each $1,000 principal amount of our 7 1 / 4 % debentures or 8 1 / 4 % debentures that are validly tendered and not withdrawn. We expect the exchange offer will be subject to important conditions, including that at least 75% of the outstanding debentures are validly tendered and not withdrawn by the expiration of the exchange offer, subject to our reserved rights to amend or waive those conditions or otherwise terminate the exchange offer. The exchange offer, if commenced, would be made by a separate prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. The exchange offer would not be contingent upon the closing of this offering. We expect to commence the exchange offer after the closing of this offering.
We will not establish the terms of the notes until shortly before we commence the exchange offer. While we expect the terms of the notes to reflect those described below, we cannot assure you that the final terms will not change from those described below.
Description of Notes
We expect that the notes will mature in 2011 unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased and will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The notes will be limited to $70,825,000 aggregate principal amount.
The notes will be our unsecured obligations. The payment of principal of, and interest on, the notes, as set forth in the indenture, will rank senior to the following:
The notes will be subordinated to our Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the indenture governing the notes), including amounts borrowed under our credit agreement and future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinate to the notes. As of February 28, 2004, we had $61,117,355 in Senior Indebtedness. In addition, the notes will be structurally subordinate to any indebtedness of our subsidiaries. Any right of ours to receive assets of any of our subsidiaries upon their insolvency, dissolution or reorganization and the dependent right of holders of the notes to have rights in those assets, will be subject to the prior claim of any creditors of that subsidiary. As of February 28, 2004, our subsidiaries had $14,976,701 of indebtedness, excluding indebtedness that is also Senior Indebtedness.
The notes may be converted into shares of our common stock at a specified conversion price per share of common stock. The conversion price will be subject to adjustment if certain events occur, including, but not limited to, the payment of cash dividends in excess of an annualized rate of $0.16 per share of common stock.
Initially, the notes will not be redeemable by us at any time. On or after a certain date, we will be able to redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of redemption; provided that the closing price of our common stock has been above the conversion price for 20 trading days during any 30 trading day period prior to the date of mailing of the redemption notice. On or after a certain date, we will be able to redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of redemption. In addition, upon a change of control, holders of notes will have the right to require us to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, if any. We will be able to pay the repurchase price in cash, or in shares of our common stock based on a discounted formula price.
The notes will be issued under an indenture between us and a trustee. The indenture will not limit the amount of debt, including Senior Indebtedness, that we may issue or incur. The indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
46
Our Company
We are a global provider of engineered solutions and a distributor of electronic components to the radio frequency, or RF, and wireless communications, industrial power conversion, security, and display systems markets. We are committed to a strategy of providing specialized technical expertise and value-added products, which we refer to as "engineered solutions," in response to our customers' needs. We estimate that sales involving engineered solutions are in the range of approximately 50% of our total sales, consisting of:
Our products include RF and microwave components, power semiconductors, electron tubes, microwave generators, data display monitors, and electronic security products and systems. These products are used to control, switch or amplify electrical power or signals, or as display, recording or alarm devices in a variety of industrial, communication, and security applications.
Our broad array of technical services and products supports both our customers and vendors.
Our Strategic Business Units
We serve our customers through four strategic business units, each of which is focused on different end markets with distinct product and application needs. Our four strategic business units are:
Each strategic business unit has dedicated marketing, sales, product management, and purchasing functions to better serve its targeted markets. The strategic business units operate globally, serving North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific, and Latin America.
Selected financial data attributable to each strategic business unit and geographic data for fiscal 2001, 2002, and 2003 is set forth in note L of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
RF and Wireless Communications Group
Our RF and Wireless Communications Group serves the expanding global RF and wireless communications market, including infrastructure and wireless networks, as well as the fiber optics market. Our team of RF and wireless engineers assists customers in designing circuits, selecting cost effective components, planning reliable and timely supply, prototype testing, and assembly. The group offers our customers and vendors complete engineering and technical support from the design-in of RF and wireless components to the development of engineered solutions for their system requirements.
We expect continued growth in wireless applications as the demand for all types of wireless communication increases worldwide. We believe wireless networking and infrastructure products for a
47
number of niche applications will require engineered solutions using the latest RF technology and electronic components, including:
In addition to voice communication, we believe the rising demand for high-speed data transmission will result in major investments in both system upgrades and new systems to handle broader bandwidth.
We support these growth opportunities by partnering with many of the leading RF and wireless component manufacturers. A key factor in our ability to maintain a strong relationship with our existing vendors and to attract new vendors is our ability to supply them with worldwide demand forecasts for their existing products as well as products they have in development. We have developed internal systems to capture forecasted product demand by potential design opportunity based on ongoing dialog between our sales team and our customers. We share this information with our manufacturing suppliers to help them predict near and long-term demand and product life cycles. We have global distribution agreements with such leading suppliers as ANADIGICS, Anaren, HUBER+SUHNER, M/A-COM, Motorola, and WJ Communications. In addition, we have relationships with many niche RF and wireless suppliers to allow us to serve as a comprehensive RF and wireless resource.
We participate in most RF and wireless applications and markets in the world, focusing on infrastructure rather than consumer-driven subscriber applications.
The following is a description of our RF and Wireless Communications Group's major product areas:
Industrial Power Group
Our Industrial Power Group provides engineered solutions for customers in the steel, automotive, textile, plastics, semiconductor manufacturing, and transportation industries. Our team of engineers designs solutions for applications such as motor speed controls, industrial heating, laser technology, semiconductor manufacturing equipment, radar, and welding. We build on our expertise in power conversion technology to provide engineered solutions to fit our customers' specifications using what we believe are the most competitive components from industry-leading vendors.
This group serves the industrial market's need for both vacuum tube and solid-state technologies. We provide replacement products for systems using electron tubes as well as design and
48
assembly services for new systems employing power semiconductors. As electronic systems increase in functionality and become more complex, we believe the need for intelligent, efficient power management will continue to increase and drive power conversion demand growth.
We represent leading manufacturers of electronic components used in industrial power applications. Among the suppliers we support are APT, Bussmann, Cornell-Dubilier, CPI, Ferraz, General Electric, Hitachi, International Rectifier, Jennings, Nissei-Arcotronics, Ohmite, Powerex, Toshiba, Triton, Tyco Electronics, United Chemi-Con and Wakefield.
The following is a description of our Industrial Power Group's major product areas:
Security Systems Division
Our Security Systems Division is a global provider of closed circuit television, fire, burglary, access control, sound, and communication products and accessories for the residential, commercial, and government markets. We specialize in closed circuit television design-in support, offering extensive expertise with applications requiring digital technology. Our products are primarily used for security and access control purposes but are also utilized in industrial applications, mobile video, and traffic management.
49
The security systems industry is rapidly transitioning from analog to digital imaging technology. We are positioned to take advantage of this transition through our array of innovative products and solutions marketed under our National Electronics , Capture , AudioTrak , and Elite National Electronics brands, including advanced equipment such as digital video recorders, Internet-based amplifiers, covert cameras, speed dome cameras, and telephone-control-based closed circuit television systems. We expect to gain additional market share by marketing ourselves as a value-added service provider and partnering with our other strategic business units to develop customized solutions as the transition to digital technology continues in the security industry.
We support our customer base with products from more than 100 manufacturers including such well-known names as Aiphone, Panasonic, Paradox, Pelco, Sanyo, and Sony, as well as our own private label brands, National Electronics , Capture , AudioTrak and Elite National Electronics .
The following is a description of our Security Systems Division's major product areas:
Display Systems Group
Our Display Systems Group is a global provider of integrated display products and systems to the public information, financial, point-of-sale, and medical imaging markets. The group works with leading hardware vendors to offer the highest quality liquid crystal display, plasma, cathode ray tube, and customized display monitors. Our engineers design custom display solutions that include touch screens, protective panels, custom enclosures, specialized finishes, application specific software, and privately branded products.
The medical imaging market is transitioning from film-based technology to digital technology. Our medical imaging hardware partnership program allows us to deliver integrated hardware and software solutions for this growing market by combining our hardware expertise in medical imaging engineered solutions with our software partners' expertise in picture archiving and communications systems. Through such collaborative arrangements, we are able to provide integrated workstation systems to the end user.
Our legacy business, replacement cathode ray tubes continues to be an important market. We achieved success in supplying replacement cathode ray tubes by developing an extensive cross-reference capability. This database, coupled with custom mounting hardware installed by us, enables us to provide replacement tubes for more than 200,000 models.
We have long-standing relationships with key manufacturers including 3M, BarcoView, Clinton Electronics, IBM, Intel, NEC/Mitsubishi Displays, Panasonic Industrial, Philips-FIMI, Planar Systems, Siemens Displays, and Sony. We believe these vendor relationships give us a well-balanced and technologically advanced line of products.
We have design and integration operations in LaFox, Illinois, and Hudson, Massachusetts and stocking locations in LaFox, Hudson, and Lincoln, England.
50
The following is a description of our Display Systems Group's major product areas:
Business Strategies
We are pursuing a number of strategies designed to enhance our business and, in particular, to increase sales of engineered solutions. Our strategies are to:
Capitalize on Engineering and Manufacturing Expertise. We believe that our success is largely attributable to our core engineering and manufacturing competency and skill in identifying cost-competitive solutions for our customers, and we believe that these factors will be significant to our future success. Historically, our primary business was the distribution and manufacture of electron tubes and we continue to be a major supplier of these products. This business enabled us to develop manufacturing and design engineering capabilities. Today, we use this expertise to identify engineered solutions for customers' applicationsnot only in electron tube technology but also in new and growing end markets and product applications. We work closely with our customers' engineering departments which allows us to identify engineered solutions for a broad range of applications. We believe our customers use our engineering and manufacturing expertise as well as our in depth knowledge of the components best suited to deliver a solution that meets their performance needs cost-effectively.
Target Selected Niche Markets. We focus on selected niche markets that demand a high level of specialized technical service, where price is not the primary competitive factor. These niche markets include wireless infrastructure, high power/high frequency power conversion, custom display and digital imaging. In most cases, we do not compete against pure commodity distributors. We often function as an extension of our customers' and vendors' engineering teams. Frequently, our customers use our design and engineering expertise to provide a product solution that is not readily available from a traditional distributor. By utilizing our expertise, our customers and vendors can focus their engineering resources on more critical core design and development issues.
Focus on Growth Markets. We are focused on markets we believe have high growth potential and which can benefit from our engineering and manufacturing expertise and from our strong vendor relationships. These markets are characterized by substantial end-market growth and rapid technological change. For example, the continuing demand for wireless communications is driving wireless application growth. Power conversion demand continues to grow due to increasing system complexity and the need for intelligent, efficient power management. We also see growth opportunities as security systems transition from analog to digital video recording and medical display systems transition from film to digital imaging.
Leverage Our Existing Customer Base. An important part of our growth is derived from offering new products to our existing customer base. We support the migration of our Industrial Power
51
Group customers from electron tubes to newer solid-state technologies. Sales of products other than electron tubes represented approximately 83% of our sales in fiscal 2003 compared to 71% in fiscal 1999. In addition, our salespeople increase sales by selling products from all strategic business units to customers who currently may only purchase from one strategic business unit and by selling engineered solutions to customers who currently may only purchase standard components.
Growth and Profitability Strategies
Our long-range growth plan is centered around three distinct strategies by which we are seeking to maximize our overall profitability:
Focus on Internal Growth. We believe that, in most circumstances, internal growth provides the best means of expanding our business, both on a geographic and product line basis. The recent economic downturn increased the trend to outsourcing engineering as companies focused on their own core competencies, which we believe contributed to the increased demand for our engineered solutions. As technologies change, we plan to continue to capitalize on our customers' need for design engineering. We serve over 100,000 active customers worldwide. We consider active customers to be those customers to whom we have made a sale in the past seven years. We estimate seven years to be the lifecycle for several of our tube-based product lines. In fiscal 2003, we made sales to approximately 37,500 customers. We have developed internal systems to capture forecasted product demand by potential design opportunity. This allows us to anticipate our customers' future requirements and identify new product opportunities. In addition, we share these future requirements with our manufacturing suppliers to help them predict near and long-term demand, technology trends and product life cycles.
Expansion of our product offerings is an ongoing program. In particular, the following areas have generated significant sales increases in recent years: RF amplifiers; interconnect and passive devices; silicon controlled rectifiers; custom and medical monitors; and digital closed circuit television security systems.
Reduce Operating Costs Through Continuous Operational Improvements. We constantly strive to reduce costs in our business through initiatives designed to improve our business processes. Recently, we have embarked on a vigorous program in an effort to improve operating efficiencies and asset utilization, with an emphasis on inventory control. Our incentive programs were revised in fiscal 2004 to heighten our managers' commitment to these objectives. Our strategic business units' goals are now based on return on assets. Additional programs are ongoing, including a significant investment in enterprise resource planning software scheduled for implementation during this calendar year.
Grow Through Acquisitions. We have an established record of acquiring and integrating businesses. Since 1980, we have acquired 34 companies or significant product lines and continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis. We seek acquisitions that provide product line growth opportunities by permitting us to leverage our existing customer base, expand the geographic coverage for our existing product offerings, or add incremental engineering resources/expertise. Our most significant acquisitions over the past five years include:
52
Products and Suppliers
We purchase RF and power semiconductors, vacuum tubes, monitors and flat panel displays, and electronic security products and systems from various suppliers as noted above under "Our Strategic Business Units." During fiscal 2003, we added the following suppliers: Celeritek, Honeywell's VCSEL product division, IBM Life Sciences, iTerra Communications, GE Interlogix, Lightel Technologies, Matrox, Panasonic Broadcast, Planar Systems, and Thermshield.
We evaluate our customers' needs and maintain sufficient inventories in an effort to ensure our customers a reliable source of supply. We would generally anticipate holding 90 to 100 days of inventory in the normal course of operations. This level of inventory is higher than some of our competitors due to the fact that we sell a number of products representing older, or trailing edge, technology that may not be available from other sources. The market for these trailing edge technology products is declining and as manufacturers for these products exit the business we at times purchase a substantial portion of their remaining inventory. We also maintain an inventory of a broad range of products (which contributes to a higher total inventory) to be able to promptly service those customers who are buying product for replacement of components in equipment critical to preventing downtime of their operations. In other segments of our business, such as the RF and Wireless Communications Group, the market for our products is characterized by rapid change and obsolescence as a result of the development of new technologies, particularly in the semiconductor markets we serve. Recently, we have embarked on a vigorous program in an effort to improve operating efficiencies and asset utilization, with a particular emphasis on inventory control.
We have written distribution agreements with many of our suppliers; however, a number of these agreements provide for nonexclusive distribution rights and often include territorial restrictions that limit the countries in which we can distribute the products. The agreements are generally short-term, subject to periodic renewal and some contain provisions permitting termination by either party without cause upon relatively short notice. Although some of these agreements allow us to return inventory periodically, others do not, in which case, we may have obsolete inventory which we can not return to the supplier.
Our suppliers generally warrant the products we distribute and allow returns of defective products, including those returned to us by our customers. Except with respect to certain displays, we generally do not provide additional warranties on the products we sell. For information regarding our warranty reserves, see note A of the notes to our consolidated financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus.
In addition to third party products, we distribute proprietary products principally under the trade names Amperex ®, AudioTrak , Capture , Cetron ®, Elite National Electronics , National ®, National Electronics , and RF Gain . Approximately 30% of our sales are from products we manufacture or modify through value-added services and from products manufactured to our specifications by independent manufacturers under private labels. Additionally, an estimated 20% of our sales are derived from products we design-in or engineer into solutions that meet customers' specific requirements.
The proprietary products we currently sell, which we manufacture or have manufactured for us, include RF amplifiers, transmitters and pallet assemblies, thyratrons and rectifiers, power tubes, ignitrons, CW magnetron tubes, phototubes, spark gap tubes, microwave generators, custom RF matching networks, heatsinks, silicon controlled rectifier assemblies, large screen display monitors, liquid crystal display monitors, and computer workstations. The materials used in the manufacturing process consist of glass bulbs and tubing, nickel, stainless steel and other metals, plastic and metal bases, ceramics, and a wide variety of fabricated metal components. These materials generally are
53
readily available, but some components may require long lead times for production and some materials are subject to shortages or price fluctuations based on supply and demand.
Sales and Marketing
As of the end of fiscal 2004, we employed approximately 556 sales personnel worldwide. In addition, we have approximately 145 authorized representatives, who are not our employees, selling our products, primarily in regions where we do not have a direct sales presence. Many of our field representatives focus on just one of our strategic business units, while others focus on all of our strategic business units, within a particular geographic area. Our sales representatives are compensated in part on a salaried basis and in part on a commission basis.
We offer various credit terms to qualifying customers as well as prepayment, credit card and cash on delivery terms. We establish credit limits prior to selling product to our customers and routinely review delinquent and aging accounts. We establish reserves for estimated credit losses in the normal course of business.
Distribution
We maintain an inventory of more than 500,000 part numbers in our inventory database, and we estimate more than 80% of orders received by 6:00 p.m. local time are shipped complete the same day. Customers can access our product inventory through electronic data interchange, our web site at www.rell.com , or our catalog at www.catalog.rell.com , or by telephone. Customer orders are processed by the regional sales offices and supported by one of our principal distribution facilities in LaFox, Illinois; Houston, Texas; Vancouver, British Columbia; or Lincoln, England and/or our 45 additional stocking locations throughout the world. We utilize a sophisticated data processing network that provides on-line, real-time interconnection of all sales offices and central distribution operations, 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Information on stock availability, cross-reference information, customers, and market analyses are instantly obtainable throughout the entire distribution network.
Employees
As of May 31, 2004, we employed 1,132 individuals on a full-time basis. Of these, 592 were located in the United States and 540 were employed by our international subsidiaries. Our worldwide employee base included 674 in sales and product management, 200 in distribution support, 137 in administrative positions and 121 in value-added and product manufacturing. All of our employees are non-union. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
Engineering capability, exclusive vendor relationships, and product diversity create segmentation among our competitors. We believe that the key competitive factors in our markets are the ability to provide engineered solutions, inventory availability, quality, reliable delivery, and price. We believe that, on a global basis, we are a significant provider of engineered solutions and products including RF and power semiconductors and subassemblies, electron tubes, cathode ray tubes, custom and medical monitors, and security systems. In many instances, our competition is our customer base and their decision to make or buy, as well as the original equipment manufacturer for sales of replacement parts and system upgrades to service existing installed equipment. In addition, we compete worldwide with other general line distributors and other distributors of electronic components.
Patents and Trademarks
We hold or license certain manufacturing patents and trademark rights. Although our patents and trademarks have some value, they are not material to our success, which depends principally upon our core engineering capability, marketing technical support, product delivery, and the quality and economic value of our products.
54
Properties
We own our corporate facility and largest distribution center, which is located on approximately 300 acres in LaFox, Illinois, consisting of approximately 255,000 square feet of manufacturing, warehouse, and office space. As described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources," we have recently entered into a contract to sell approximately 205 acres of real estate adjoining our headquarters, subject to certain terms and conditions. We also own a building containing approximately 45,000 square feet of warehouse space on 1.5 acres in Geneva, Illinois. We also own facilities outside of the United States in England, Spain, Italy and Mexico.
We also maintain leased branch sales offices in or near major cities throughout the world, including 36 locations in North America, 15 in Europe, 14 in Asia/Pacific, and four in Latin America.
We consider our properties to be generally well maintained, in sound condition and repair, and adequate for our present needs.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in several pending judicial proceedings concerning matters arising in the ordinary course of our business. While the outcome of litigation is subject to uncertainties, based on currently available information, we believe that, in the aggregate, the results of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on us.
On December 20, 2002, we filed a complaint against Signal Technology Corporation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, which we dismissed on February 27, 2003. On February 14, 2003 Signal Technology filed a declaratory judgment suit against us in Superior Court, Boston, Massachusetts, and on March 4, 2003, we filed a complaint against Signal Technology Corporation in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. On February 13, 2004, we dismissed our complaint in Circuit Court, Cook County, Illinois. From November 6, 2000 through December 6, 2001, Signal Technology issued six purchase orders to purchase low-frequency amplifiers and other electronic components from us and subsequently refused to take delivery of the components. We are claiming damages of approximately $2.0 million resulting from Signal Technology's refusal to take delivery. Signal's declaratory judgment suit in Massachusetts seeks a ruling that it has no liability to us, but Signal has not asserted any claim against us.
We filed a complaint against Microsemi Corporation on February 13, 2004, in the Circuit Court of Kane County, Illinois. Microsemi is a former supplier of electronic components to us. From May through August, 2002, we sought to return certain components to Microsemi pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement between Microsemi and us and Microsemi refused to accept our return. In this suit, we alleged breach of contract and seek damages in excess of $814,000.
In fiscal 2003, two customers of our German subsidiary asserted claims against us in connection with heterojunction field effect transistors we sold to them. We acquired the heterojunction field effect transistors from the manufacturer pursuant to a distribution agreement. The customers' claims are based on the heterojunction field effect transistors not meeting the specification provided by the manufacturer. We have notified the manufacturer and our insurance carrier of these claims. Because our investigation has not been completed, we are unable to evaluate the merits of these claims or the prospects of recovery from the manufacturer or insurance carrier. We intend to vigorously defend these claims and, if we should have any liability arising from these claims, we intend to pursue our claims against the manufacturer and our insurer. As of June 10, 2004, no proceedings have been instituted regarding these claims.
55
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of June 10, 2004:
Name
|
Age
|
Position
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Edward J. Richardson | 62 | Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer | ||
Bruce W. Johnson | 63 | President, Chief Operating Officer and Director | ||
Dario Sacomani | 48 | Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director | ||
William G. Seils | 68 | Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary | ||
Robert L. Prince | 42 | Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales | ||
Gregory J. Peloquin | 40 | Executive Vice President and General Manager, RF & Wireless Communications Group | ||
Murray J. Kennedy | 43 | Executive Vice President and General Manager, Industrial Power Group | ||
George Solas | 56 | Vice President and General Manager, Display Systems Group | ||
Wendy Diddell | 38 | Vice President and General Manager, Security Systems Division | ||
Pierluigi Calderone | 46 | Vice President and Director, European Operations | ||
Joseph C. Grill | 59 | Senior Vice President, Human Resources | ||
Kathleen M. McNally | 44 | Senior Vice President, Marketing Operations and Customer Support | ||
Gint Dargis | 47 | Vice President & Chief Information Officer | ||
Larry Duneske | 50 | Vice President, Worldwide Logistics | ||
Arnold R. Allen | 72 | Director | ||
Jacques Bouyer | 75 | Director | ||
Scott Hodes | 66 | Director | ||
Ad Ketelaars | 47 | Director | ||
John R. Peterson | 47 | Director | ||
Harold L. Purkey | 60 | Director | ||
Samuel Rubinovitz | 74 | Director |
Edward J. Richardson has been our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1989. Mr. Richardson has been employed by us since 1961, holding several positions.
Bruce W. Johnson has been our President, Chief Operating Officer and Director since joining the Company in November 1996. From January 1992 until January 1996, he was President of Premier Industrial Corporation, a New York Stock Exchange listed company that was acquired by Farnell Ltd. in April 1996. Mr. Johnson was Executive Vice President of Premier from February 1987 until January 1992. Premier is a full service business to business supplier of electronic components for industrial and consumer products, essential maintenance and repair products for industrial, commercial, and institutional applications, and manufactures high-performance fire-fighting equipment.
Dario Sacomani has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since joining the Company in June, 2002. Mr. Sacomani was elected a Director effective as of August 6, 2002. Prior to joining the Company he was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of On Semiconductor in Phoenix, AZ since it was spun off from Motorola, Inc. in 1999. Prior to that he was employed by Motorola Inc. in management positions in finance and accounting, and since 1997 was Vice President, Semiconductor Components Group & Controller.
56
William G. Seils has been a Senior Vice President since January 1992 and has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since May 1986. Prior to joining the Company in 1986, Mr. Seils was a partner in the law firm of Arvey, Hodes, Costello and Burman, Chicago, Illinois.
Robert L. Prince has been our Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales since February 1998 and was Vice President of Worldwide Sales from November 1996 until February 1998. Mr. Prince was Vice President of Sales from November 1991 until November 1996 and held several other positions since joining the Company in November 1978.
Gregory J. Peloquin has been our Executive Vice President and General Manager of the RF & Wireless Communications Group since January 15, 2002, prior to that he was Vice President of the RF & Wireless Communications Group since November 1999 when he rejoined the Company. Mr. Peloquin first joined the Company in 1990 and held various positions in product management until 1997 when he left to join Motorola, Inc. as Director of Global Distribution for Wireless Infrastructure Division, which position he held until he rejoined the Company in 1999.
Murray J. Kennedy has been our Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Industrial Power Group since January 15, 2002, prior to that he was Vice President and General Manager of the Industrial Power Group since September 1999. Mr. Kennedy has held various industrial product management positions since joining the Company in March 1994. Prior thereto, he held positions with Litton Electron Devices Group and ITT Electron Devices Division.
George Solas has been our Vice President and General Manager of the Display Systems Group since June 1, 2004. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Solas was the Vice President of Northeast and Canadian Sales and Northeast Area Director of the ACS Division of Avnet, Inc. since 1997, a global company that focuses on the requirements of computing original equipment manufacturers, independent software vendors and value-added resellers looking to get embedded systems or wireless and data collection solutions to market quickly.
Wendy Diddell has been our Vice President and General Manager of the Security Systems Division since June 1, 2004. Prior to that she was employed as a Management Consultant for the Security Systems Division since July 2003. Prior thereto, Ms. Diddell was employed as the Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Ultrak, Inc. since 1997, a global manufacturer of closed circuit television and access control systems for the commercial and government markets.
Pierluigi Calderone has been our Vice President and Director of European Operations since 1998. Mr. Calderone joined the Company in 1990 as District Sales Manager for Italy and served as Regional Sales Manager of Italy from 1991 until 1998.
Joseph C. Grill has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since 1999. Mr. Grill was Vice President, Human Resources from 1994 to 1999 before being promoted to Senior Vice President. He has been an officer since 1987 and became an executive officer in 1992 as Vice President, Corporate Administration.
Kathleen M. McNally has been our Senior Vice President of Marketing Operations and Customer Support since July 2000. Ms. McNally served as Marketing Services Manager from 1986 until 1989 and was named Vice President and Corporate Officer of Marketing Operations in 1989. She has held various positions within Marketing since joining the Company in 1979.
Gint Dargis has been our Vice President and Chief Information Officer since March 2003. Since 1999, Mr. Dargis has held similar positions at Hub Group Distribution Services (distribution service e-business) and PublicisFrankel (a lead promotion and marketing agency). He joined PublicisFrankel as Director of Applications in 1997. Throughout his career, Mr. Dargis has pursued a career-long focus in information technology management with companies ranging from Ameritech to Alberto-Culver to Zurich Insurance.
57
Larry Duneske has been our Vice President of Worldwide Logistics since January 1999. Prior to that he held logistics management positions since joining the Company in December 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Duneske was the Director of Distribution with Newark Electronics and Simon & Schuster. In addition, he has held various strategic planning, operations management, and engineering positions with IBM, Ford Motor Company, and ROLM.
Arnold R. Allen has been a director since 1986. He joined the Company as our President and Chief Operating Officer in September 1985. He retired as President of the Company in September 1989. Since his retirement, Mr. Allen has been a management consultant to us and presently provides management consulting services to us. He served as Chairman of the Strategic Planning Committee of our board of directors from April 1991 until April 1992. He is also a director of WorkCare Group which provides products and consulting services related to employee support services.
Jacques Bouyer has been a director since 1990. He served as Chairman of the Board of Philips Components of Paris, France, engaged in the manufacture and sale of electronic components and a subsidiary of N.V. Philips of The Netherlands, from April 1, 1990 until January 1, 1994 when he became honorary Chairman of the Board and a Director until December 31, 1995. Mr. Bouyer also was Vice Chairman of the BIPE Institute for Economic and Market Research from 1981 until 1997. He has been a self-employed consultant in business strategies and management for JBC Consult-Paris since January 1990 until December 2002. He has been Chairman and a board member of Bethe1-Paris, a small internet start-up company since July 2002.
Scott Hodes has been a director since 1983. He has been a partner in the law firm of Bryan Cave LLP since January 2004 and for more than five years prior to that he was a partner in the law firm of McGuire Woods Ross & Hardies and its predecessor Ross & Hardies.
Ad Ketelaars has been a director since 1996. He is the Chief Executive Officer of Philips Business Communications, a position he has held since March 2003. He also serves as an employee of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. He was Vice President and Managing Director of Richardson Electronics Europe from May 31, 1996 until July 10, 1998. Mr. Ketelaars has held several general management positions with companies such as Philips (Electronic Components), ITT (Cable TV), EnerTel (Telecom Operator), and Comsys (Voice Response Systems).
John R. Peterson has been a director since 1999. He is a Managing Director, the Head of Investment Banking, and a member of the Board of Directors of Cleary Gull Inc., an investment banking and investment consulting firm he joined in March 2002. Previously he was a Managing Director of Tucker Anthony Inc., the Co-Head of its Tucker Anthony Sutro Capital Markets ("TASCM") division, which provided investment banking services to the Company, and a member of its Operating Committee until November 2001. For a brief time in 2001 and 2002, he was a Managing Director of Riverview Financial Group, LLC, until it was acquired by Cleary Gull Inc. Mr. Peterson was the representative of Tucker Anthony Cleary Gull, a predecessor of TASCM, which was one of the lead underwriters for the Company's public offering of 3,600,000 shares of common stock, on May 1, 1998.
Harold L. Purkey has been a director since 1994. He was President of Forum Capital Markets from May 1997 until the company was acquired by First Union Securities in 2000, upon which he became the Managing Director of First Union Securities until his retirement in October 2001. Mr Purkey was Senior Managing Director of Forum Capital from May 1994 until May 1997. From July 1990 until February 1994, he was employed by Smith Barney Shearson, holding the position of Senior Managing Director and Manager of the Convertible Bond Department.
Samuel Rubinovitz has been a director since 1984. He was Executive Vice President of EG&G, Inc., a diversified manufacturer of instruments and components, from April 1989 until his retirement in January 1994. He is also a Director of LTX Corporation and a member of its
58
Compensation Committee; and a director of Kronos, Inc and a member of its Compensation Committee.
Officers are elected annually at the time of the annual stockholders' meeting and serve until their respective resignation, death, or removal.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has six standing committees: the Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Executive Oversight Committee, Compensation Committee, Stock Option Committee, and Strategic Planning Committee.
The members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Richardson (Chairman), Johnson, and Rubinovitz. This committee, during the interval between meetings of the board of directors, may exercise all authority of the board in the management of the Company, except as otherwise provided in our By-laws or by applicable law.
The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Hodes, Peterson (Chairman), and Purkey. It meets for the purpose of reviewing and making recommendations regarding the engagement of an independent accounting firm for us; the scope of the independent accountants' audit procedures; the adequacy and implementation of internal controls; and such other matters relating to our financial affairs and accounts as required by law or regulation or as it deems desirable or in our best interest. In order to comply with the Nasdaq rules that will become effective later this year, we expect that the board of directors will replace Mr. Hodes as a member of the Audit Committee at or prior to our next annual meeting of stockholders.
The members of the Executive Oversight Committee are Messrs. Hodes (Chairman) and Rubinovitz. It is charged with monitoring our government contracting activities and compliance with our code of conduct, and policies on stock trading and ethical business practices and reporting on the same.
The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Bouyer, Hodes and Rubinovitz (Chairman). It is responsible for reviewing and establishing the compensation policy and guidelines for, and the compensation of, executive officers.
The members of the Stock Option Committee are Messrs. Bouyer and Rubinovitz. It administers our Incentive Stock Option Plan, Incentive Compensation Plan, 1994 Incentive Compensation Plan, 1996 Incentive Compensation Plan, 1996 Stock Purchase Plan, 1998 Incentive Compensation Plan, 1999 Stock Purchase Plan, and 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan including determining the employees to whom stock options, awards or cash bonuses are granted, the number of shares subject to each option or award, and the date or dates upon which each option or award may be exercised.
The members of the Strategic Planning Committee are Messrs. Bouyer (Chairman), Ketelaars, Peterson, and Rubinovitz. The committee is responsible for developing and reviewing our long term strategic plans.
Directors' Compensation
Directors who are not our employees receive a quarterly fee of $3,000 and a fee of $500 for each board or committee meeting attended in person, plus travel expenses. Directors currently do not receive a fee for attending telephonic committee meetings.
In addition, each current Non-Employee Director, as referred to below, has received a grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of our common stock, upon election to the board, at exercise prices ranging from $5.25 to $12.875 per share (the fair market value on the date of grant) under our Stock
59
Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, which we refer to as the "Directors' Plan," or our 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, which we refer to as the "1996 Directors' Plan."
In addition beginning in 1996, each current Non-Employee director receives a grant of an option under our 1996 Directors' Plan to acquire an additional 5,000 shares of our common stock each April beginning at the later of 1996 or five years after first elected as a director at exercise prices ranging from $5.375 per share to $12.875 per share. Under the Director's Plan and the 1996 Directors' Plan, options are granted to any director who is not an officer or employee of us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates and who has not been such for a period of one year prior to his first being elected to the board, which we refer to as a "Non-Employee Director."
Options issued under the Directors' Plan and 1996 Directors' Plan are intended to be non-qualified stock options, not entitled to special tax treatment under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, from time to time. The Directors' Plan and the 1996 Directors' Plan are administered by our board of directors, which has the sole responsibility for construing and interpreting those plans. Each option granted is evidenced by an option agreement between the optionee and us and, subject to the provisions of the Directors' Plan or the 1996 Directors' Plan, contains such terms and conditions as may be approved by the board. The purchase price of each share that may be purchased upon exercise of an option is the fair market value of the share on the date the option is granted. These options are exercisable for a period of approximately ten years. Under the Directors' Plan, any new Non-Employee Director elected or appointed was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock on the date such director took office. All options granted under the Directors' Plan vest over a five-year period from the date of grant with 20% of the option shares becoming first exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date.
The Directors' Plan was terminated with respect to future grants on April 10, 1996. Under the 1996 Directors' Plan, any new Non-Employee Director elected or appointed after April 30, 1996 is granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock on the date such director takes office. All such options granted to new Non-Employee Directors vest over a five-year period from the date of grant with 20% of the option shares becoming first exercisable on the anniversary of the grant date. On each April 30 (after April 30, 1996), which is on or after the fifth anniversary of a Non-Employee Director's initial election as a director, such director is granted an additional option for 5,000 shares (subject to adjustment). Unless earlier terminated by the board, the 1996 Directors' Plan will terminate on June 1, 2006.
The Directors' Plan and the 1996 Directors' Plan provide, among other things, that the option of any optionee, whose status as a director terminates because of retirement, or removal from the board within one year after a change of control, as defined in such plans, will become fully exercisable with respect to all shares covered thereby and not previously purchased upon exercise of the option and will remain fully exercisable until the option expires by its terms.
Mr. Allen has non-qualified stock options for 11,781 shares of common stock and 11,782 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $12.95 per share. Mr. Allen has been a management consultant to us and presently provides management consulting services to us. In fiscal 2004, he received payments of $14,000 from us. We expect to continue to retain Mr. Allen as a management consultant in fiscal 2005.
60
The following table sets forth the annual and long-term compensation for our chief executive officer and our four highest paid executive officers (named executive officers) during fiscal 2004, as well as the total compensation paid to each such individual for our two prior fiscal years.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Compensation
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
Annual Compensation
|
Awards
|
Payouts
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Name and Principal
Position |
Year
|
Salary
|
Bonus
|
Other Annual
Compensation (2) |
Restricted
Stock Awards (3) |
Stock
Options/SARs |
Long-Term
Incentive Payouts |
All Other
Compensation (4) |
||||||||||||
Edward J. Richardson
CEO and Chairman of the Board |
2004
2003 2002 |
$
|
444,845
436,980 436,295 |
$ |
38,600 354,680 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,000 4,806 |
|||||||||
Bruce W. Johnson President and Chief Operating Officer |
|
2004 2003 2002 |
|
|
399,392 391,263 372,397 |
|
|
80,575 |
(1) |
|
|
$ |
129,000 85,800 70,600 |
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
|
4,000 4,806 |
Dario Sacomani Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
2004 2003 2002 |
|
|
284,738 258,462 |
|
|
72,415 |
(1) |
|
|
|
150,003 |
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
4,000 |
William G. Seils Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
|
2004 2003 2002 |
|
|
212,352 209,142 201,098 |
|
|
70,014 66,321 |
(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
13,950 |
|
|
|
|
4,000 4,806 |
Robert L. Prince Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales |
|
2004 2003 2002 |
|
|
211,239 205,250 193,615 |
|
|
73,806 68,266 |
(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
|
4,000 4,806 |
Stock Option Awards
There were no options granted during fiscal 2004 to the named executive officers.
61
Stock Option Exercises and Holdings
The following table summarizes options exercised during fiscal year 2004 and presents the value of the unexercised options held by the named executive officers as of May 31, 2004:
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES
|
Options Exercised
(1)
|
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Options held at May 31, 2004 |
Value of Unexercised, In-the-
money Options at May 31, 2004 (2) |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name
|
Shares
Acquired |
Value
Realized |
||||||||||||
Exercisable
|
Unexercisable
|
Exercisable
|
Unexercisable
|
|||||||||||
Edward J. Richardson | | | | | | | ||||||||
Bruce W. Johnson | | | 133,000 | 37,000 | $ | 422,830 | $ | 72,870 | ||||||
Dario Sacomani | | | 16,666 | 33,334 | 11,166 | 22,334 | ||||||||
William G. Seils | | | 67,580 | 16,370 | 227,895 | 44,693 | ||||||||
Robert L. Prince | | | 83,000 | 17,000 | 281,205 | 47,370 |
Employment Agreements
Bruce W. Johnson became our president and chief operating officer on November 12, 1996 pursuant to an agreement dated as of November 7, 1996, which provides for an annual base salary subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, and a bonus if our earnings per share (excluding extraordinary charges) for the fiscal year exceeds our earnings per share for the prior fiscal year with the amount of such bonus, if any, determined by our actual earnings per share performance in relation to our budgeted earnings per share for the fiscal year. Mr. Johnson's cash bonus for fiscal 2003 was $80,575. See the Summary Compensation Table above for information regarding Mr. Johnson's fiscal 2004 base salary and cash bonus. The agreement also provides for payments to Mr. Johnson for one year equal to his salary and bonus and other employee benefits if his employment is terminated under certain circumstances, including, if he is terminated without cause or as a result of a change of control, or a breach by us. During his employment term and for two years after termination for any reason, Mr. Johnson is prohibited from contacting any individual or entity that was one of our customers or suppliers during his last 12 months of employment with us. The agreement is for an indefinite term, during which Mr. Johnson is employed on an at-will basis.
Pursuant to a three-year employment agreement dated May 31, 2002, Dario Sacomani became our senior vice president and chief financial officer. Mr. Sacomani's annual base salary is $280,000, and he receives a bonus of up to 50% of his base salary if performance goals are met. 50% of the bonus is determined by our earning performance and 50% is determined by Mr. Sacomani meeting goals for the year established by our chief executive officer. Mr. Sacomani also received an option for 50,000 shares (with an exercise price equal to 100% of fair market value on the date of grant) and a restricted stock award for 14,098 shares that will vest in equal amounts over the next three years. See the Summary Compensation Table above for information regarding Mr. Sacomani's fiscal 2004 base salary and cash bonus. The agreement provides for payments to Mr. Sacomani for one year equal to his salary and bonus for the 12-month period prior to termination and immediate vesting of options and restricted stock awards in the event of termination of employment without cause or by Mr. Sacomani for certain specified reasons and if the termination by Mr. Sacomani occurs within two years of a change of
62
control, the salary and bonus payment amount is doubled. The agreement also provides that Mr. Sacomani will be a member of our board of directors. During his employment term and, if we terminate Mr. Sacomani's employment for cause or he terminates his employment without good reason, for a period of one year after such termination, he is prohibited from competing against us.
Robert L. Prince is employed as our executive vice president of worldwide sales pursuant to an employment agreement dated June 6, 2000 pursuant to which he receives a base salary which is reviewed annually and a bonus of 50% of his base salary if performance goals established annually by us are met. Mr. Prince's base salary and cash bonus for fiscal 2003 were $205,250 and $73,806, respectively. See the Summary Compensation Table above for information regarding Mr. Prince's fiscal 2004 base salary and cash bonus. The agreement provides for payment to Mr. Prince for one year equal to his salary and bonus for the 12-month period prior to termination in the event of termination of employment without cause or by Mr. Prince within 180 days after a sale to or merger into another company or a change of control. During his employment term and for one year after termination for any reason, Mr. Prince is prohibited from competing against us. The agreement is for an indefinite term, during which Mr. Prince is employed on an at-will basis.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The members of the Compensation Committee during fiscal 2004 were Jacques Bouyer, Scott Hodes, and Samuel Rubinovitz. The members of the Stock Option Committee during fiscal 2004 were Jacques Bouyer and Samuel Rubinovitz. See "Related Party Transactions" below.
Related Party Transactions
Mr. Hodes is a partner in the law firm of Bryan Cave LLP , which firm provided legal services to us in fiscal 2004 and continues to provide legal services to us in fiscal 2005. Mr. Hodes was a partner in the law firm of McGuire Woods Ross & Hardies, which firm provided legal services to us in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004.
On August 6, 2001, we loaned $75,000 to Bruce W. Johnson, president and chief operating officer and a director for personal financial purposes. This loan was repaid in full on May 13, 2002 together with interest at the rate of 5.45% per year.
Prior to her employment as Vice President and General Manager of our Security Systems Division, Ms. Diddell provided management consulting services to our security systems division pursuant to a management consulting contract. Under the contract, we paid Ms. Diddell approximately $16,000 monthly from July 2003 to May 2004.
63
The following table sets forth certain information, as of June 10, 2004 (except as noted), concerning the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Class B common stock, before and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered by this prospectus, for:
Because Class B common stock is convertible into common stock, the number of shares listed as owned under the common stock column in the table also includes the number of shares listed under the Class B common stock column. Except as otherwise indicated below, each of the entities or persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by him, her or it. To the extent any of the persons listed below purchase shares of common stock in this offering or exchange any of their outstanding debentures in the potential exchange offer, the number of shares they will be deemed to own will increase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of Total Voting if Class Voting Not Applicable
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
Percent of Class Before Offering
|
Percent of Class After Offering
|
Number of Shares of Class B Common(3)
|
Percent of Class Before Offering
|
Percent of Class After Offering
|
|||||||||||
|
Number of Shares of Common(1)(2)
|
Before Offering(3)
|
After Offering(3)
|
||||||||||||||
Edward J. Richardson | 3,295,250 | (4) | 22.96 | % | 18.99 | % | 3,157,442 | 99.57 | % | 99.57 | % | 74.01 | % | 69.17 | % | ||
Bruce W. Johnson | 186,119 | (5) | 1.66 | % | 1.31 | % | | * | * | * | * | ||||||
Dario Sacomani | 30,766 | (6) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Arnold R. Allen | 25,000 | (7) | * | * | 11,782 | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Jacques Bouyer | 53,250 | (8) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Scott Hodes | 78,424 | (9) | * | * | 3,712 | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Ad Ketelaars | | * | * | | * | * | * | * | |||||||||
John R. Peterson | 25,000 | (10) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Harold L. Purkey | 52,000 | (11) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Samuel Rubinovitz | 50,431 | (12) | * | * | 825 | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
William G. Seils | 78,873 | (13) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Robert Prince | 101,577 | (14) | * | * | | * | * | * | * | ||||||||
Royce & Associates, LLC | 2,102,889 | (15) | 16.02 | % | 13.04 | % | | * | * | 4.69 | % | 4.40 | % | ||||
DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc. | 1,838,400 | (16) | 14.29 | % | 11.59 | % | | * | * | 4.12 | % | 3.86 | % | ||||
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P. | 825,353 | (17) | 6.96 | % | 5.56 | % | | * | * | 1.89 | % | 1.77 | % | ||||
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. | 1,166,646 | (18) | 10.37 | % | 8.19 | % | | * | * | 2.74 | % | 2.54 | % | ||||
Executive Officers and Directors as a group (20 persons) | 4,184,669 | (19) | 30.94 | % | 25.27 | % | 3,173,761 | (20) | 99.72 | % | 99.72 | % | 76.08 | % | 71.11 | % |
64
shares of common stock which would be issued upon conversion of $854,000 principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures owned by Mr. Richardson and 9,271 shares of common stock which would be issued upon conversion of $196,000 principal amount of our 7 1 / 4 % debentures, and 4,611 shares of common stock which would be issued upon conversion of $83,000 principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures owned by a trust of which Mr. Richardson is a co-trustee and as co-trustee Mr. Richardson has shared investment and voting power with respect to these 8 1 / 4 % debentures. Does not include 18,035 shares of common stock held by William G. Seils as custodian for Mr. Richardson's sons, Alexander and Nicholas, 4,920 shares of common stock held by Mr. Richardson's wife or 6,333 shares of common stock which would be issued upon conversion of $114,000 principal amount of our 8 1 / 4 % debentures owned by Mr. Richardson's wife, as to which Mr. Richardson disclaims beneficial ownership. Mr. Richardson's business address is 40W267 Keslinger Road, P.O. Box 393, LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393
65
Associates expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. Price Associates has sole dispositive power for the entire holding of 1,166,646 shares and has sole voting power for 217,500 shares of common stock and T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value Fund has sole voting power for the shares which it owns. Information disclosed in this table was obtained from a Schedule 13G/A for T. Rowe Price Associates dated May 10, 2004. The address for T. Rowe Price Associates is 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.
66
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 30,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.05 per share, 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $.05 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. As of June 10, 2004, there were 11,084,747 shares of common stock outstanding, 3,170,931 shares of Class B common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
The following summary is qualified by reference to the applicable provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. This is not a complete description of the important terms of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation or by-laws. If you would like more information on the provisions of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws, you may review our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the SEC. See "Where You Can Find More Information."
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share they own and vote together with holders of Class B common stock and preferred stock on all matters voted on by our stockholders. In addition, holders of our common stock vote separately as a class on any proposed amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation that would:
The common stock does not have cumulative voting rights. As a result, stockholders voting a majority of the votes (including Edward J. Richardson, who owned shares having approximately 74% of the voting power at June 10, 2004) at any annual meeting are able to elect all of the directors to be elected.
Subject to any preferential or other rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock that may be designated by our board of directors and subject to the right of the holders of the Class B common stock to receive a dividend when the holders of common stock receive a dividend, the holders of common stock are entitled to dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. With respect to cash dividends, the Class B common stock is limited to a dividend equal to 90% of any dividend on the common stock. Any stock dividend on common stock shall be paid in additional shares of common stock and a stock dividend of an equal number of shares of Class B common stock shall be paid on the Class B common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of common stock are entitled to receive their pro rata portion of our assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock and Class B common stock on an equal basis with the holders of Class B common stock. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities and there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to our common stock.
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is LaSalle Bank, 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.
Class B Common Stock
The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share they own and vote together with holders of common stock and preferred stock on all matters voted on by our
67
stockholders. In addition, holders of our Class B common stock vote separately as a class on any proposed amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation that would:
The Class B common stock does not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to any preferential or other rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock that may be designated by our board of directors and subject to the right of the holders of the common stock to receive a dividend when the holders of Class B common stock receive a dividend, the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to the dividends declared by our board of directors. With respect to cash dividends, the holders of Class B common stock are subject to the further limitation that dividends on a share of Class B common stock equal only 90% of any dividend on a share of common stock. Any stock dividend on Class B common stock shall be paid in additional shares of Class B common stock and a stock dividend of an equal number of shares of common stock shall be paid on the common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive their pro rata portion of our assets available for distribution to the holders of Class B common stock and common stock on an equal basis with the holders of common stock. All of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of Class B common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to our Class B common stock. The Class B common stock is subject to transfer and conversion restrictions described below.
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class B common stock is LaSalle Bank, 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.
Restrictions On Transfer
Shares of Class B common stock are not freely transferable. A holder of shares of Class B common stock may transfer those shares (whether by sale, assignment, gift, bequest, appointment or otherwise) only to a "Permitted Transferee" (as defined below). A transfer of Class B common stock to any person or entity other than a "Permitted Transferee" will result in the automatic conversion of those shares of Class B common stock into shares of common stock on a share-for-share basis. Accordingly, no trading market will develop in the Class B common stock.
The "Permitted Transferees" of an individual holder of shares of Class B common stock are generally described as follows:
68
members or a trust for the sole benefit of that stockholder, that Class B stockholder's family members, and certain charitable organizations;
Shares of Class B common stock held by a partnership or corporation may be transferred to a person who had transferred those shares to that partnership or corporation (and to that person's Permitted Transferees) or, if record and beneficial ownership of those shares of Class B common stock were acquired by that partnership or corporation on or prior to December 10, 1986, to the partners or stockholders as of that date, and to the Permitted Transferees of those partners or stockholders. Shares held by trusts that are irrevocable on December 10, 1986 may be transferred to any person to whom or for whose benefit the principal of the trust may be distributed under the terms of the trust and that person's Permitted Transferees. Shares held by all other trusts (whether or not in existence as of December 10, 1986) may be transferred to the person who transferred those shares of Class B common stock to the trust and that person's Permitted Transferees. Shares held by the estate of a holder of Class B common stock may be transferred to Permitted Transferees of that holder of Class B common stock. Shares held in any of our employee benefit plans may be transferred to the participant for whose account the shares were held or his Permitted Transferee.
Shares of Class B common stock may only be registered in the name of the beneficial owner thereof and not in a "street" or "nominee" name. The "beneficial owner" of shares of Class B common stock is defined as the person or persons who, or the entity or entities which, possess the power to direct the voting or the disposition of such shares.
Conversion
Shares of Class B common stock are convertible into common stock on a share-for-share basis at all times at the option of the holder without cost to the holder (except to the extent of any stamp or similar tax payable where the converting holder of Class B common stock desires that the certificate representing the resulting common stock be issued in a name other than that of the holder of the converted Class B common stock). In general, the conversion will be effective as of the date the Class B common stock is surrendered to us for conversion.
Any transfer, pledge or other disposition of shares of Class B common stock other than to a Permitted Transferee will result in an automatic conversion to common stock, on a share-for-share basis.
If at any time the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock falls below 10% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock, all the outstanding shares of Class B common stock immediately and automatically will be converted into shares of common stock. In the event of such a conversion, certificates formerly representing outstanding shares of Class B common stock will thereafter be deemed to represent a like number of shares of common stock. Currently the outstanding Series B common stock represents 20.2% of the aggregate number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock.
All shares of Class B common stock received by the Company upon conversion thereof into common stock will be returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock.
69
Future Issuance
Except for shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under outstanding options or issued in connection with stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or other subdivisions, we cannot issue additional shares of Class B common stock without the authorization of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.
Description of Debt Securities
We will not establish the terms of the notes until shortly before we commence the exchange offer. While we expect the terms of the notes to reflect those described below, we cannot assure you that the terms will not change from those described below.
We expect that the notes will mature in 2011 unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased, and will be our unsecured obligations, senior to the 7 1 / 4 % debentures, the 8 1 / 4 % debentures, and future indebtedness that is expressly made subordinate to the notes.
The notes will be subordinate to amounts borrowed under our credit agreement and future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinate to the notes. In addition, the notes will be structurally subordinate to any indebtedness of our subsidiaries. The notes will be convertible into common stock at a set conversion price per share, subject to adjustment if we pay cash dividends in excess of $.16 per share of common stock on an annual basis, and in certain other events. The notes will not be redeemable at any time prior to a certain date. On or after that date, we will be able to redeem the notes at 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest if the closing price of our common stock has been above a specified price for 20 of 30 consecutive trading days. On or after a certain date, we will be able to redeem the notes at 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon a change of control, holders of notes will have the right to require us to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. We will be able to pay the repurchase price in cash, or in shares of our common stock based on a discounted formula price. See "The Exchange Offer."
The indenture that will govern the notes will not contain any financial covenants or restrictions on the payment of dividends or the issuance or repurchase of securities by us. Neither we nor our subsidiaries will be prohibited from incurring additional debt under the indenture governing the notes.
The 7 1 / 4 % debentures mature on December 15, 2006. The 8 1 / 4 % debentures mature on June 15, 2006. Interest on the 7 1 / 4 % debentures accrues at 7 1 / 4 % per year and is payable on June 15 and December 15 in each year. Interest on the 8 1 / 4 % debentures accrues at 8 1 / 4 % per year and is payable on June 15 and December 15 in each year. As of February 28, 2004, there are $30,825,000 principal amount of the 7 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding and $40,000,000 principal amount of the 8 1 / 4 % debentures outstanding. Neither we nor our subsidiaries are prohibited from incurring additional debt under either the 7 1 / 4 % indenture or 8 1 / 4 % indenture.
The outstanding debentures are our unsecured obligations, senior to future indebtedness that is expressly made subordinate to the outstanding debentures. The outstanding debentures are not listed on any securities exchange or Nasdaq. The 7 1 / 4 % debentures would be subordinate to the notes (if any are issued in the exchange offer), and are subordinate to the 8 1 / 4 % debentures, amounts borrowed under our credit agreement and future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinate to the 7 1 / 4 % debentures. The 8 1 / 4 % debentures would be subordinate to the notes (if any are issued in the exchange offer), and are subordinate to amounts borrowed under our credit agreement and future indebtedness that is not expressly subordinate to the 8 1 / 4 % debentures. In addition, the outstanding debentures are structurally subordinate to any indebtedness of our subsidiaries. The 7 1 / 4 % debentures are convertible
70
into our common stock at a conversion price equal to $21.14 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. The 8 1 / 4 % debentures are convertible into our common stock at a conversion price equal to $18.00 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. We may redeem the outstanding debentures at any time at 100% of the principal amount of the 7 1 / 4 % debentures or 8 1 / 4 % debentures, as applicable, to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest. On each December 15, we are obligated to redeem the 7 1 / 4 % debentures with a principal amount equal to 7 1 / 2 % of the aggregate principal amount (or $6.225 million) of 7 1 / 4 % debentures originally issued, at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. Our redemption obligations may be reduced by an amount equal to the principal amount of 7 1 / 4 % debentures redeemed by us other than pursuant to a sinking fund, purchased by us in the open market or converted or exchanged by us; provided, however, that we may effect such a reduction only once. As a result of prior acquisitions of the 7 1 / 4 % debentures, we satisfied our sinking fund obligations through December 2003. As a result, we are obligated to make sinking fund payments on December 15, 2004 and December 15, 2005 of $3.85 million and $6.225 million, respectively. The 8 1 / 4 % debentures have no such sinking fund provision.
Under the indentures governing the outstanding debentures, we may not declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on our capital stock or to our stockholders (other than dividends or distributions payable into our capital stock) or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or permit any subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for value, any of our capital stock (1) if at the time an event of default has occurred and is continuing or (2) if, upon giving effect to the dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, other acquisition or retirement, the aggregate amount expended subsequent to May 31, 1996 will exceed the sum of the aggregate consolidated net income subsequent to May 31, 1996, the aggregate net proceeds of property other than cash received by us from the issue or sale of our capital stock, other than to a subsidiary, after May 31, 1996, the aggregate net proceeds from the issue or sale, other than to a subsidiary, of any indebtedness issued after May 31, 1996, and $20,000,000 in the case of the 7 1 / 4 % debentures and $30,000,000 in the case of the 8 1 / 4 % debentures. In addition, we may not merge into, consolidate with or transfer all or substantially all of our assets unless the corporation with which we are merging is a United States corporation which expressly assumes our outstanding obligations under the indentures governing the outstanding debentures, the corporation with which we are merging has a consolidated tangible net worth at least equal to ours, and after the merger we are not in default under the 7 1 / 4 % indenture or 8 1 / 4 % indenture, as applicable.
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix certain of the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions applicable to such series, including the annual dividend rate, the time of payment for dividends, whether those dividends will be cumulative or non-cumulative, and the date or dates from which any cumulative dividends will begin to accrue, redemption terms (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences, the extent of the voting powers, if any, and conversion rights.
Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
General
Delaware general corporate law, our certificate of incorporation, and our by-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or otherwise.
71
Class B Common Stock
The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes for each share they own and as of June 10, 2004 represented approximately 74% of our aggregate voting power. As a result, the holders of Class B common stock have the ability to elect our board of directors. So long as the holders of Class B common stock constitute more than 50% of our voting power, they have the ability to control any possible merger, consolidation, or sale of assets involving us.
Removal of Directors
Our by-laws provide that we will have ten directors and we currently have no vacancies. We have a single class of directors, with each director standing for election at each annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to our by-laws, a director or the entire board of directors may be removed for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and Class B common stock entitled to vote.
Filling Vacancies on the Board
Our by-laws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any shares of preferred stock, vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the board of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Accordingly, the board of directors could temporarily prevent any stockholder from obtaining majority representation on the board of directors by enlarging the board of directors and filling the new directorships with its own nominees.
Special Meetings
Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, president or secretary or upon the request of a majority of the entire board of directors. Business conducted at any special meeting is limited to the purposes specified in the written notice of the meeting.
Authorized but Unissued Stock
We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock without stockholder approval, subject to applicable rules of The Nasdaq National Market, for a variety of corporate purposes, including raising additional capital, corporate acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable us to issue shares to persons who are friendly to current management, which could discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and protect the continuity of management and possibly deprive you of opportunities to sell your shares at prices higher than the prevailing market prices. We could also issue additional shares to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us. At June 10, 2004, we had 17,419,298 authorized but unissued shares of common stock and 1,495,955 shares of treasury stock. In addition, depending upon the rights associated with any preferred stock we might issue, we could further inhibit a change of control by making the removal of directors more difficult or restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions to the holders of common stock.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. Section 203, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in
72
any "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date that that stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:
In general, Section 203 defines "business combination" to include mergers or consolidations between a Delaware corporation and an interested stockholder, transactions with an interested stockholder involving the assets or stock of the corporation or its majority-owned subsidiaries and transactions which increase an interested stockholder's percentage ownership of stock. In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by that entity or person. We believe that Mr. Richardson is not subject to the restrictions of Section 203 because he has owned 15% or more of our voting stock for more than three years.
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to non-United States holders, as defined below. The summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the "Code"), final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, interpretative rulings of the Internal Revenue Service, and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The summary only applies to non-United States holders who will hold the common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
The summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax consequences that may be material to a non-United States holder based on his or her particular tax situation. The discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or another pass-through entity. It also does not consider the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws or any income tax treaty.
When we refer to a non-United States holder, we mean a beneficial owner of our common stock that for United States federal income tax purposes, is other than:
73
It should be noted that certain "single member entities" are disregarded for United States federal income tax purposes and the income, gain, loss and deductions of such an entity are attributed to its owner. The discussion below may not apply to single member disregarded entities that are treated as owned by a United States holder. Holders that are single member disregarded entities should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.
Taxation of Dividends and Dispositions
Dividends on Common Stock
In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends (subject to withholding as described below) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied in reduction of the non-United States holder's basis in the common stock, and to the extent such portion exceeds the non-United States holder's basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under "Disposition of Common Stock."
Dividends paid to a non-United States holder of common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-United States holder will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.
The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-United States holder who provides an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-United States holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular United States federal income tax as if the non-United States holder were a United States holder. A non-United States corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate specified in an applicable treaty).
Disposition of Common Stock
Generally, a non-United States holder will not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain recognized upon the disposition of such holder's shares of common stock unless:
74
stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.
We do not believe we have been or currently are, and we do not anticipate becoming, a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.
Special rules may apply to certain non-United States holders, such as "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," "foreign personal holding companies" and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax. Such entities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.
Federal Estate Tax
An individual non-United States holder who is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in common stock will be required to include the value of the stock in his or her gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Under currently applicable Treasury regulations, information reporting on IRS Form 1099 and backup withholding will not apply to dividends paid on our common stock if a non-United States holder certifies as to its non-United States status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor does not have actual knowledge that such holder is not an exempt recipient or that the conditions of the exemption are not satisfied.
We must report annually to the IRS on IRS Form 1042 and to each non-United States holder on IRS Form 1042-S the entire amount of any distribution regardless of any estimate of the portion of the distribution that represents a taxable dividend. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-United States holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
Information returns may be filed in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the common stock under certain circumstances. A non-United States holder may be subject to United States backup withholding tax on these payments unless the holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding.
Non-United States holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-United States holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder's United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular United States federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences to you, in your particular situation, of owning and disposing of our common stock.
75
General
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Jefferies & Company, Inc., which we refer to as Jefferies, William Blair & Company, L.L.C., and KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc., are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of common stock indicated below:
Name
|
Number of
Shares |
||
---|---|---|---|
Jefferies & Company, Inc. | |||
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. | |||
KeyBanc Capital Markets | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total | 3,000,000 |
The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ a share under the public offering price. The offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives of the underwriters.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 450,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to various conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the name of that underwriter in the preceding table bears to the number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
Compensation and Expenses
We will pay all of our fees and expenses associated with this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $475,000, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs, and various other fees associated with the registration of the shares (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the underwriters as outlined in the following paragraph) and excludes the underwriting discounts and commissions.
76
The following table summarizes the compensation we will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
|
Per Share
|
Without Option
|
With Option
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Public offering price | $ | $ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discount | $ | $ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | $ | $ |
We have agreed to pay Jefferies a fee for its role as dealer manager in the exchange offer, if commenced and completed, that is equal to 1% of the principal amount of outstanding debentures that are exchanged for notes in the exchange offer.
We have agreed to reimburse Jefferies for all of its reasonable fees, disbursements, and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel and other customary expenditures) incurred in connection with the exchange offer; provided , however , that the reimbursement of expenses will not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, we have agreed with Jefferies that the fee payable to Jefferies in connection with this offering and the exchange offer will not be less than $1,000,000; provided that the difference between the $1,000,000 and the 1% fee payable in connection with the exchange offer and the underwriting discounts and commissions provided to Jefferies in connection with this offering will be credited against any fee payable to Jefferies in connection with its investment banking services for us in a subsequent equity transaction commenced on or prior to March 22, 2005.
Lock-up Agreements
We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Jefferies, we will not, directly or indirectly, from the date of this prospectus and continuing and including the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus:
We may, however:
77
In addition, each of our directors and executive officers has agreed that, without the prior written consent of Jefferies, he or she will not, directly or indirectly, from the date of this prospectus and continuing to and including the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus:
Our directors and executive officers may, however:
Nasdaq National Market Listing
Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "RELL."
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
We are aware that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to our activities and the activities of our affiliates.
Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, persons engaged in the distribution of the shares may be limited in their ability to engage in market activities with respect to such shares. In addition, we will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the associated rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, including Regulation M, which provisions may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of our common stock.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
78
over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, certain underwriters who are qualified market makers on The Nasdaq National Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Age. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker's bid, however, such bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.
Indemnification
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Other
It is expected that delivery of the shares of common stock will be made to investors on or about , 2004.
As noted above, Jefferies is acting as dealer manager in connection with the exchange offer. From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, Jefferies and some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in commercial banking and/or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates.
Bryan Cave LLP , as our counsel, will pass upon the legality of the common stock. Scott Hodes, a partner in Bryan Cave LLP , is also one of our directors and, as of June 10, 2004, beneficially owned 78,424 shares of common stock and 3,712 shares of Class B common stock. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by King & Spalding LLP.
79
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Richardson Electronics, Ltd. at May 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2003, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
On August 22, 2003, we chose not to renew the engagement of Ernst & Young LLP and appointed KPMG LLP as our principal accountants for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2004, which engagement was effective August 29, 2003. The decision to change accountants was made by the audit committee of the board of directors and the board of directors.
During the two fiscal years ended May 31, 2003, there were no disagreements between us and Ernst & Young LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to Ernst & Young LLP's satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.
Ernst & Young LLP's reports on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended May 31, 2003 and 2002 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
Ernst & Young LLP was provided with a copy of the foregoing disclosures. A copy of Ernst & Young LLP's letter, dated August 23, 2003, stating their agreement with such statements is attached as Exhibit 16.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2003. See "Where You Can Find More Information." There have been no "reportable events," as such term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K, during those years.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any of these documents at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC's Internet website at www.sec.gov .
You may receive a copy of any of these filings, other than an exhibit to a filing unless that exhibit is specifically incorporated by reference into that filing, at no cost, by writing or calling the Investor Relations Department, Richardson Electronics, Ltd., 40W267 Keslinger Road, P.O. Box 393, LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393, telephone (630) 208-2371. You can also find information about the Company at our Internet website at www.rell.com . Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement to register the securities offered by this prospectus under the Securities Act. This prospectus is part of that registration statement, but omits certain information contained in the registration statement, as permitted by SEC rules. For further information with respect to our company and this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if the document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by that reference. You may obtain copies of the registration statement, including exhibits, as noted in the first paragraph above.
80
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page
|
|
---|---|---|
Report of Independent Auditors | F-2 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2002 and 2003 |
|
F-3 |
Consolidated Statements of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended May 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 |
|
F-4 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended May 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 |
|
F-5 |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended May 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 |
|
F-6 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
F-7 |
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2003 and February 28, 2004 (unaudited) |
|
F-29 |
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three- and nine-month periods ended February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2004 (unaudited) |
|
F-30 |
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine-month periods ended February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2004 (unaudited) |
|
F-31 |
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
|
F-32 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Stockholders
and Directors
Richardson Electronics, Ltd.
LaFox, Illinois
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Richardson Electronics, Ltd. and subsidiaries as of May 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Richardson Electronics, Ltd. and subsidiaries at May 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements, effective June 1, 2002, the Company changed its method for accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets to conform with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Effective June 1, 2001, the Company changed its method for accounting for derivative financial instruments to conform with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
|
|
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP |
Chicago,
Illinois
July 2, 2003, except as to Note B
as to which the date is January 22, 2004
F-2
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share amounts, as restated (See Note B))
|
As of May 31
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||
ASSETS | |||||||||
Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and equivalents | $ | 15,296 | $ | 16,874 | |||||
Receivables, less allowance of $2,646 and $3,350 | 84,156 | 85,355 | |||||||
Inventories | 107,159 | 95,896 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses | 4,880 | 6,919 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes | 16,119 | 19,401 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total current assets | 227,610 | 224,445 | |||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net | 28,827 | 31,088 | |||||||
Goodwill, net of amortization of $3,939 and $2,745 | 24,914 | 5,137 | |||||||
Other assets | 5,296 | 4,261 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total assets | $ | 286,647 | $ | 264,931 | |||||
|
|
||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
||||||||
Current Liabilities | |||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 27,387 | $ | 23,660 | |||||
Accrued liabilities | 13,631 | 16,880 | |||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 38 | 46 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total current liabilities | 41,056 | 40,586 | |||||||
Long-term debt | 132,218 | 138,396 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes | 8,764 | 5,269 | |||||||
Non-current liabilities | 5,195 | 5,049 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities | 187,233 | 189,300 | |||||||
Stockholders' Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock, $.05 par value; issued 12,144 shares at May 31, 2002 and 12,258 shares at May 31, 2003 | 607 | 613 | |||||||
Class B common stock, convertible, $.05 par value; issued 3,207 shares at May 31, 2002 and May 31, 2003 | 160 | 160 | |||||||
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, no shares issued | | | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 91,013 | 91,962 | |||||||
Common stock in treasury, at cost; 1,584 shares at May 31, 2002 and 1,506 shares at May 31, 2003 | (9,386 | ) | (8,922 | ) | |||||
Retained earnings | 36,231 | 6,079 | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (19,211 | ) | (14,261 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Total stockholders' equity | 99,414 | 75,631 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 286,647 | $ | 264,931 | |||||
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Consolidated Statements of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands, except per share amounts, as restated (See Note B))
|
Year ended May 31
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||
Net sales | $ | 502,369 | $ | 443,492 | $ | 464,517 | ||||||
Cost of products sold | 370,819 | 349,326 | 365,427 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Gross margin | 131,550 | 94,166 | 99,090 | |||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses | 94,444 | 94,519 | 100,749 | |||||||||
Loss from disposition of a business | | 4,551 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Operating income (loss) | 37,106 | (4,904 | ) | (1,659 | ) | |||||||
Other (income) expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest expense | 11,146 | 12,386 | 10,352 | |||||||||
Investment income | (575 | ) | (352 | ) | (124 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange and other, net | 145 | 860 | 1,256 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total other (income) expense | 10,716 | 12,894 | 11,484 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income (loss) before income tax and cumulative effect of accounting change | 26,390 | (17,798 | ) | (13,143 | ) | |||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) | 8,656 | (6,339 | ) | (3,012 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | 17,734 | (11,459 | ) | (10,131 | ) | |||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax of $3,725 | | | (17,862 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 17,734 | $ | (11,459 | ) | $ | (27,993 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) per sharebasic: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) per share before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | ||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax | | | (1.30 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | 1.33 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) per sharediluted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) per share before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (.73 | ) | ||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax | | | (1.30 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | 1.21 | $ | (.84 | ) | $ | (2.03 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Dividends per common share |
|
$ |
.16 |
|
$ |
.16 |
|
$ |
.16 |
|
||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Statement of comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) | $ | 17,734 | $ | (11,459 | ) | $ | (27,993 | ) | ||||
Foreign currency translation | (5,452 | ) | 1,297 | 5,097 | ||||||||
FAS 133 transition adjustment | | (971 | ) | | ||||||||
Fair value adjustmentcash flow hedges | | 320 | (147 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) | $ | 12,282 | $ | (10,813 | ) | $ | (23,043 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands, as restated (See Note B))
|
Year Ended May 31
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||||
Operating activities: | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 17,734 | $ | (11,459 | ) | $ | (27,993 | ) | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Depreciation | 4,956 | 5,182 | 5,093 | ||||||||||
Amortization of intangibles and financing costs | 820 | 693 | 271 | ||||||||||
Deferred income taxes | 885 | (5,780 | ) | (1,825 | ) | ||||||||
Loss from disposition of a business | | 4,551 | | ||||||||||
Provision for inventory obsolescence | | 15,279 | 10,037 | ||||||||||
Other charges | | | 6,041 | ||||||||||
Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment, net of tax | | | 17,862 | ||||||||||
Other non-cash items in net income | 1,310 | 2,465 | 1,494 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net adjustments | 7,971 | 22,390 | 38,973 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Changes in working capital, net of currency translation effects and business acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Receivables | (9,370 | ) | 15,089 | 4,297 | |||||||||
Inventories | (25,094 | ) | 14,455 | 2,484 | |||||||||
Other current assets | (4,589 | ) | 732 | (3,054 | ) | ||||||||
Accounts payable | (5,443 | ) | (2,927 | ) | (8,252 | ) | |||||||
Other liabilities | 126 | (5,192 | ) | 1,319 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net changes in working capital | (44,370 | ) | 22,157 | (3,206 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (18,665 | ) | 33,088 | 7,774 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Proceeds from borrowings | 53,580 | 23,258 | 41,880 | ||||||||||
Payments on debt | (16,948 | ) | (49,619 | ) | (40,982 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock | 4,044 | 1,606 | 1,134 | ||||||||||
Cash dividends | (2,084 | ) | (1,609 | ) | (2,694 | ) | |||||||
Other | | | (304 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 38,592 | (26,364 | ) | (966 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Capital expenditures | (7,883 | ) | (5,727 | ) | (6,125 | ) | |||||||
Business acquisitions | (8,316 | ) | (8,785 | ) | (1,108 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities | 6,700 | 5,490 | 5,217 | ||||||||||
Purchases of available-for-sale securities | (6,700 | ) | (5,490 | ) | (5,217 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from disposition of business | | 6,261 | | ||||||||||
Other | 1,283 | 480 | (23 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (14,916 | ) | (7,771 | ) | (7,256 | ) | |||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(897 |
) |
|
397 |
|
|
2,026 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents | 4,114 | (650 | ) | 1,578 | |||||||||
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
11,832 |
|
|
15,946 |
|
|
15,296 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and equivalents at end of year | $ | 15,946 | $ | 15,296 | $ | 16,874 | |||||||
|
|
|
Certain amounts in prior periods were reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands, as restated (See Note B))
|
Shares Issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Common
|
Class B
Common |
Par Value
|
Additional Paid-In Capital
|
Treasury Stock
|
Retained Earnings
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||
Balance May 31, 2000 | 11,670 | 3,232 | $ | 745 | $ | 84,514 | $ | (11,045 | ) | $ | 34,184 | $ | (14,405 | ) | $ | 93,993 | |||||||
Shares issued under ESPP and stock option plan |
|
276 |
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
3,513 |
|
|
517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,044 |
|
Shares contributed to ESOP | | | | 850 | 460 | | | 1,310 | |||||||||||||||
Conversion of Class B shares to common shares | 25 | (25 | ) | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||
Dividends | | | | | | (2,084 | ) | | (2,084 | ) | |||||||||||||
Currency translation | | | | | | | (5,452 | ) | (5,452 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net income | | | | | | 17,734 | | 17,734 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance May 31, 2001 | 11,971 | 3,207 | 759 | 88,877 | (10,068 | ) | 49,834 | (19,857 | ) | 109,545 | |||||||||||||
Shares issued under ESPP and stock option plan |
|
173 |
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
1,676 |
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,940 |
|
Shares contributed to ESOP | | | | 460 | 426 | | | 886 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends | | | | | | (2,144 | ) | (2,144 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Currency translation | | | | | | | 1,297 | 1,297 | |||||||||||||||
SFAS 133 transition adjustment | | | | | | | (971 | ) | (971 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair value adjustmentscash flow hedges | | | | | | | 320 | 320 | |||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | | | (11,459 | ) | | (11,459 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance May 31, 2002 | 12,144 | 3,207 | 767 | 91,013 | (9,386 | ) | 36,231 | (19,211 | ) | 99,414 | |||||||||||||
Shares issued under ESPP and stock option plan |
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
949 |
|
|
464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,419 |
|
Dividends | | | | | | (2,159 | ) | (2,159 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Currency translation | | | | | | | 5,097 | 5,097 | |||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustmentscash flow hedges | | | | | | | (147 | ) | (147 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | | | (27,993 | ) | | (27,993 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance May 31, 2003 | 12,256 | 3,207 | $ | 773 | $ | 91,962 | $ | (8,922 | ) | $ | 6,079 | $ | (14,261 | ) | $ | 75,631 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note ASignificant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated. The Company accounts for its results of operations on a 52/53 week year, ending on the Saturday nearest May 31. Fiscal 2001, 2002, and 2003 contained 52 weeks.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company's management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications: Certain amounts in the prior year's financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.
Cash Equivalents: The Company considers short-term investments that have a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and equivalents approximate the fair market value of these assets.
Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method represent 80% of total inventories at May 31, 2002 and 78% at May 31, 2003. For the remaining inventories, cost is determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. If the FIFO method had been used for all inventories, the total amount of gross inventories would have decreased by $2,413 at May 31, 2002 and $3,980 at May 31, 2003. The reduction in FIFO value relative to LIFO reflects lowering costs in the electronics industry. Substantially all inventories represent finished goods held for sale.
Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Provisions for depreciation are computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
The Company is in the application development stage of implementing enterprise resource management software (PeopleSoft). In accordance with Accounting Standards Executive Committee (AcSEC) Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, the Company capitalizes all direct costs associated with the application development of this software including software acquisition costs, consulting costs, and internal payroll
F-7
costs. The Statement requires these costs to be depreciated once the application development stage is complete. The unamortized balance of the aforementioned capitalized costs, included within computer and communications equipment, is $6,162 and $8,102 at May 31, 2002 and May 31, 2003, respectively. Depreciation expense for capitalized software costs that relate to PeopleSoft in the post-application development stage was $558, $709, and $786 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.
Other Assets: Other assets consist of the following:
|
May 31
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||
Investments (at market) | $ | 2,836 | $ | 2,587 | |||
Notes receivable | 1,425 | 786 | |||||
Deferred financing costs, net | 517 | 544 | |||||
Other deferred charges, net | 518 | 344 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Other assets | $ | 5,296 | $ | 4,261 | |||
|
|
The Company's investments are primarily equity securities, all of which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at their fair value based on the quoted market prices. Proceeds from the sale of the securities were $5,949 and $5,217 during fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively, all of which were consequently reinvested. Gross realized gains on those sales were $634 in 2002 and $351 in 2003. Gross realized losses on those sales were $584 in 2002 and $412 in 2003. Net unrealized holding gain of $95 and net unrealized holding loss of $96 have been included in accumulated comprehensive income for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Deferred financing costs and other deferred charges are amortized using the straight-line method.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Effective June 1, 2002, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142 ), which requires that goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are subject to annual impairment testing. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
Accordingly, the Company discontinued amortization of goodwill and certain intangible assets. Management reviews the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization at least annually. The Company utilizes the comparison of reporting units fair value derived by discounted cash flow analysis and their book value as an indicator of potential impairment. The application of SFAS 142 transitional accounting provisions and the annual impairment test are discussed in Note C.
F-8
Accrued Liabilities: Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
May 31
|
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||
Compensation and payroll taxes | $ | 4,284 | $ | 7,431 | |||
Interest | 2,912 | 2,754 | |||||
Income taxes | 1,831 | 745 | |||||
Warranty reserve | 47 | 672 | |||||
Other accrued expenses | 4,557 | 5,278 | |||||
|
|
||||||
Accrued liabilities | $ | 13,631 | $ | 16,880 | |||
|
|
Warranties: The Company offers warranties for specific products it manufactures. The Company also provides extended warranties for some products it sells that lengthen the period of coverage specified in the manufacturer's original warranty. Terms generally range from one to three years.
The Company estimates the cost to perform under its warranty obligation and recognizes this estimated cost at the time of the related product sale. The Company reports this expense as an element of cost of products sold in its statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Each quarter, the Company assesses actual warranty costs incurred, on a product-by-product basis, as compared to its estimated obligation. The estimates with respect to new products are based generally on knowledge of the manufacturers' experience and are extrapolated to reflect the extended warranty period, and are refined each quarter as better information with respect to warranty experience becomes known.
Warranty reserves are established for costs that are expected to be incurred after the sale and delivery of products under warranty. The warranty reserves are determined based on known product failures, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. Changes in the warranty reserve for fiscal 2003 were as follows (in thousands):
|
Warranty Reserve
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at May 31, 2002 | $ | 47 | |||
Accruals for warranties issued during the period | 846 | ||||
Utilization | (221 | ) | |||
|
|||||
Balance at May 31, 2003 | $ | 672 | |||
|
The increase in the warranty accrual primarily represents warranties related to a new product offering by the Company's Display Systems Group beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2003.
Non-current Liabilities: Non-current liabilities of $5,195 at May 31, 2002 and $5,049 at May 31, 2003 represent guaranteed payments for acquisitions made during fiscal 2001 as discussed in Note E.
Foreign Currency Translation: Foreign currency balances and financial statements are translated into U. S. dollars at end-of-period rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the current rate on the date of the transaction. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are
F-9
included in income. Foreign currency transaction losses reflected in operations are $151, $95 and $688 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. Gains and losses resulting from translation of foreign subsidiary financial statements are credited or charged directly to stockholders' equity.
Revenue Recognition: The Company's product sales are recognized as revenue generally upon shipment, when title passes to the customer, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company's terms are generally FOB shipping point and sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates and returns based on the Company's historical experience. The Company's products are often manufactured to meet the specific design needs of its customers' applications. Its engineers work closely with customers in ensuring that the product the Company seeks to provide them will meet their needs, but its customers are under no obligation to compensate the Company for designing the products it sells; the Company retains the rights to its designs.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs: Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are reported as sales and the related costs in cost of sales.
Income Taxes: Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for differences between financial reporting and tax accounting of assets and liabilities and are measured using the marginal tax rates. U.S. income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates as the Company intends to permanently reinvest such earnings.
Stock-Based Compensation: The Company accounts for its stock option plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. However, the exercise price of all grants under the Company's option plans has been equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , requires estimation of the fair value of options granted to employees. Had the Company's option plans and stock purchase plan been treated as compensatory under the provisions of
F-10
SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share would have been affected as follows (see Note J for underlying assumptions):
Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Common and Class B Common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income, adjusted for interest savings, net of tax, on assumed bond conversions, by the actual shares outstanding and share equivalents that would arise from the exercise
F-11
of stock options and the assumed conversion of convertible bonds when dilutive. The per share amounts presented in the Consolidated Statement of Operations are based on the following amounts:
Out-of-the-money (exercise price higher than market price) stock options are excluded from the calculation. The Company's 8 1 / 4 % and 7 1 / 4 % convertible debentures and common stock equivalent options are excluded from the calculation in 2002 and 2003 as assumed conversion would be anti-dilutive.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities: Effective June 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS 133 requires that the Company recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and measure those instruments at fair value.
The Company has interest rate exchange agreements to convert approximately $37.2 million of its floating rate debt to an average fixed rate of 8% for the term of the debt through July 2004. At June 1, 2001, in connection with the adoption of SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded a transition adjustment relating to these agreements, which reduced other accumulated comprehensive income in shareholders' equity by $971, after tax. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, the Company recorded $1,926 in 2002 and $789 in 2003 as additional interest expense in the statement of operations.
Note BRestatement
In the second quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company identified an accounting error that occurred in a foreign subsidiary, which affected previously reported interest expense for the prior seven quarters beginning with the quarter ended February 29, 2002. The financial statements for fiscal 2002 and 2003
F-12
have been restated to correct this error. The restatement increased net loss for fiscal 2002 and 2003 from $11,270 and $27,558 to $11,459 and $27,993, respectively.
Note CGoodwill and Other Intangible Assets
As discussed in Note A, the Company adopted the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets effective June 1, 2002, and, accordingly, discontinued the amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization.
The following table presents a reconciliation of reported net income (loss) to adjusted net income (loss) excluding amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization, net of tax:
During the second quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company completed both steps of the required impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets for each of the reporting units as required under the transitional accounting provisions of SFAS 142. In identifying reporting units, the Company evaluated its reporting structure as of June 1, 2002. The Company concluded that the following operating segments and their components qualified as reporting units: RF & Wireless Communications, Broadcast, Display Systems Group, Industrial Power Group, Burtek, and Security Systems Division excluding Burtek. The first step in the process of goodwill impairment testing is a screen for potential impairment of the goodwill and other long lived assets, while the second step measures the amount of the impairment. The Company used a discounted cash flow valuation (income approach) to determine the fair value of each of the reporting units. Sales, net income, and EBITDA multiples (market approaches) were used as a check against the impairment implications derived under the income approach. The first step indicated that goodwill and other long lived assets of RF & Wireless Communications, Broadcast and Security Systems Division excluding Burtek were
F-13
impaired. In evaluating the amount of impairment, it was determined that all goodwill and other long lived assets were impaired for the aforementioned reporting units. Consequently, the Company recorded, effective at the beginning of fiscal 2003, an impairment loss of $21.6 million of which $21.5 million related to goodwill with the balance attributable to other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. The impairment loss of $17.9 million, net of tax of $3.7 million, was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
The Company performed its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. The same methodology was employed in completing the annual impairment test as in applying transitional accounting provisions of SFAS 142. The Company did not find any indication that additional impairment existed and, therefore, no additional impairment loss was recorded as a result of completing the annual impairment test.
The table below provides changes in carrying value of goodwill by reportable segment:
Goodwill
|
Reportable segments
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
RFWC
|
IPG
|
SSD
|
DSG
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
Balance at May 31, 2002 | $ | 20,342 | $ | 864 | $ | 2,297 | $ | 1,411 | $ | 24,914 | |||||||
Additions | | | | 1,548 | 1,548 | ||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (20,345 | ) | | (1,131 | ) | | (21,476 | ) | |||||||||
Foreign currency translation | 3 | 9 | 139 | | 151 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance at May 31, 2003 | $ | | $ | 873 | $ | 1,305 | $ | 2,959 | $ | 5,137 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
The addition to goodwill during fiscal 2003 represents additional consideration for the Pixelink acquisition made in fiscal 1999 due to the acquired business achieving certain targeted operating levels.
The following table provides changes in carrying value of other intangible assets not subject to amortization which represent incorporation and acquisition costs:
Other intangible assets not subject to amortization
|
Reportable segments
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
RFWC
|
IPG
|
SSD
|
DSG
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
Balance at May 31, 2002 | $ | 111 | $ | 9 | $ | 373 | $ | | $ | 493 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (111 | ) | | | | (111 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | 36 | | 36 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance at May 31, 2003 | $ | | $ | 9 | $ | 409 | $ | | $ | 418 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
Intangible assets subject to amortization as well as amortization expense are as follows:
Intangible assets subject to amortization as of May 31
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gross amounts: | |||||||||||
Deferred financing costs | $ | 1,735 | $ | 1,883 | $ | 2,191 | |||||
Patents & trademarks | 478 | 478 | 478 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total gross amounts | 2,213 | 2,361 | 2,669 | ||||||||
Accumulated amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred financing costs | 1,215 | 1,366 | 1,647 | ||||||||
Patents & trademarks | 423 | 436 | 448 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total accumulated amortization | $ | 1,638 | $ | 1,802 | $ | 2,095 | |||||
|
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets subject to amortization
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Deferred financing costs | $ | 120 | $ | 148 | $ | 261 | |||||
Patents & trademarks | 35 | 13 | 12 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 155 | $ | 161 | $ | 273 | |||||
|
|
|
The amortization expense associated with the intangible assets subject to amortization is expected to be $302, $183, $79, and $10 in fiscal 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. The weighted average number of years of amortization expense remaining is 2.3.
Note DCharges
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company took certain actions to align its inventory and cost structure to current sales levels amid continued weakness in the global economy and limited demand visibility. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash inventory write-down charge of $13.8 million, a restructuring charge of $1.7 million, and other charges of $0.6 million. In addition, a valuation allowance tax provision in the amount of $1.6 million was established related to deferred income tax assets attributable to net operating losses in certain foreign subsidiaries. The net of tax effect of the aforementioned charges was $11.9 million on the Company's results of operations.
The restructuring charge consisted of $1,536 for employee severance and $210 lease breakage costs and was included in fiscal 2003 selling, general and administrative expense (SG&A). The severance costs of $328 were paid in 2003 with the remaining balance payable in fiscal 2004. Terminations affected over 70 employees across various business functions, operating units and geographic regions. All terminations and termination benefits were communicated to the affected employees prior to 2003 year-end. Management has estimated annual savings of $3 million in SG&A expense beginning in fiscal 2004 as a direct result of the restructuring program.
F-15
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company reevaluated its inventory reserve estimate in light of the industry wide decline in sales, a prolonged recovery period, and changes in the Company's mix of business toward higher technology products particularly in the telecommunications market. An inventory obsolescence and overstock adjustment of $15,279, or $9,778 net of tax, was included in cost of sales. Also in the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company recorded a provision for uncollectable accounts receivable and severance due to recent management changes. The charge was $794, or $509 net of tax, recorded in SG&A and other expense.
Note EAcquisitions
Fiscal 2001: In June 2000, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of Celti Electronics, a French distributor of fiber optic communications products with annual sales of $3,600. In January 2001, the Company also acquired the assets and liabilities of Aviv Electronics of Israel, a distributor specializing in design-in services for active and passive electronic components with annual sales of $10,000. Baron Electronics, a distributor of electronic components in Latin America, was acquired in May 2001, with annual sales of $2,000.
The aggregate cash outlay in 2001 for business acquisitions was $8,316.
Fiscal 2002: In July 2001, the Company acquired Sangus Holdings AB (Sangus) which serves the Nordic countries of Sweden, Finland, Denmark and Norway. Sangus is a specialist in RF & microwave technology with annual revenues at the time of purchase of $9,600. The aggregate cash outlay in 2002 for this and all previous business acquisitions (earnout payments) was $8,785.
Fiscal 2003: The aggregate cash outlay in 2003 for business acquisitions was $1,108 representing additional consideration paid for certain business acquisitions made in prior periods due to the acquired businesses achieving certain targeted operating levels.
Each of the acquisitions was accounted for by the purchase method, and accordingly, their results of operations are included in the consolidated statements of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The impact of these acquisitions on results of operations was not significant and would not have been significant if they had been included for the entire year. If each of these acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year, consolidated sales would have increased by approximately $14,000 and $900 in 2001 and 2002, respectively.
The terms of certain of the Company's acquisition agreements provide for additional consideration to be paid if the acquired entity's results of operations exceed certain targeted levels. Such amounts are paid in cash and recorded when earned as additional consideration, and amounted to $2,638, $1,274, and $1,108 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Assuming the goals established in all agreements outstanding at May 31, 2003 were met, additional consideration aggregating approximately $7,277 would be payable through July of 2004.
Note FDisposal of Product Line
On February 22, 2002, the Company sold certain assets of its Medical Systems Group (MSG), specifically, inventory and other assets related to its Medical Glassware product line (MG) used in the reloading and distribution of X-ray, CT, and image intensifier tubes, amid continued decline in the
F-16
product lines sales and gross margins due to increased competition in the replacement market and production inefficiencies in tube reloading. The book value of the assets sold was $10.9 million. Proceeds from the sale were $6.3 million resulting in a loss on the sale of $4.6 million or $2.9 million, net of tax.
The MG product line at the time of sale represented more than half of the Company's MSG revenues with medical monitors and associated display products making up the majority of the balance. The MG sales were $15,966, $12,940, and $1,269 in fiscal 2001, 2002, and 2003.
Note GDebt Financing
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
May 31
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||
8 1 / 4 % Convertible debentures, due June 2006 | $ | 40,000 | $ | 40,000 | ||||
7 1 / 4 % Convertible debentures, due December 2006 | 30,825 | 30,825 | ||||||
Floating-rate multi-currency revolving credit facility, due September 2005 (4.24% at May 31, 2003) | 59,388 | 65,802 | ||||||
Financial instruments | 1,949 | 1,753 | ||||||
Other | 94 | 62 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total debt | 132,256 | 138,442 | ||||||
Less current portion | (38 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||
|
|
|||||||
Long-term debt | $ | 132,218 | $ | 138,396 | ||||
|
|
The 7 1 / 4 % convertible debentures are unsecured and subordinated to other long-term debt, including the 8 1 / 4 % convertible debentures. Each $1 of the 7 1 / 4 % debenture is convertible into the Company's Common Stock at any time prior to maturity at $21.14 per share and the 8 1 / 4 % convertible debentures are convertible at $18.00 per share. The Company is required to make sinking fund payments of $3,850 in fiscal 2005 and $6,225 in fiscal 2006.
The Company has a multi-currency revolving credit facility agreement in the amount of $102.0 million. The agreement matures in September of 2005 and bears interest at applicable LIBOR rates plus a margin, varying with certain financial performance criteria. At May 31, 2003, the margin was 225 basis points and $36.2 million was available under this facility.
F-17
In the following table, the fair values of the Company's 7 1 / 4 % and 8 1 / 4 % convertible debentures are based on quoted market prices at the end of the fiscal year. The fair values of the bank term loans are based on carrying value.
The loan and debenture agreements contain financial covenants with which the Company was in full compliance at May 31, 2003. These covenants include benchmark levels for tangible net worth, a borrowing base, senior funded debt to cash flow and annual debt service coverage.
Aggregate maturities of debt during the next five years are: $46 in 2004, $3,866 in 2005, $72,027 in 2006, and $60,750 in 2007. Cash payments for interest were $11,230, $11,336, and $10,246 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.
Note HFacility Lease Obligations and Other Commitments
The Company leases certain warehouse and office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Rent expense for fiscal 2001, 2002, and 2003 was $3,189, $3,337 and $3,608, respectively. At May 31,2003, future lease commitments for minimum rentals, including common area maintenance charges and property taxes, were $3,378 in 2004, $2,447 in 2005, $1,573 in 2006, $703 in 2007, $527 in 2008, and $661 thereafter.
As of May 31, 2003, the Company has several performance bonds outstanding that were required by certain African and Latin American customers. The total amount of the bonds was $645 with expiration dates between July and December of 2003.
Note IIncome Taxes
The components of income (loss) before income taxes are:
|
Year Ended May 31
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||
United States | $ | 19,730 | $ | (18,634 | ) | $ | (14,724 | ) | |||
Foreign | 6,660 | 836 | 1,581 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before taxes | $ | 26,390 | $ | (17,798 | ) | $ | (13,143 | ) | |||
|
|
|
F-18
Note IIncome Taxes (Continued)
The provision for income taxes differs from income taxes computed at the federal statutory tax rate of 35% in 2001 and 34% in 2002 and 2003 and as a result of the following items:
|
Year Ended May 31
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||
Federal statutory rate | 35.0 | % | (34.0 | )% | (34.0 | )% | |||
Effect of: | |||||||||
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit | 1.4 | (2.3 | ) | (2.1 | ) | ||||
Export benefit | (2.2 | ) | (2.9 | ) | (4.7 | ) | |||
Foreign taxes at other rates | (2.7 | ) | (0.2 | ) | 1.6 | ||||
Valuation allowance for foreign net oper. loss carryforwards | | | 12.1 | ||||||
Other | 1.3 | 3.8 | 4.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|||||||
Effective tax rate | 32.8 | % | (35.6 | )% | (22.9 | )% | |||
|
|
|
The provisions for income taxes consist of the following:
|
Year Ended May 31
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
|||||||||
Currently payable: | ||||||||||||
Federal | $ | 5,622 | $ | (1,075 | ) | $ | (2,111 | ) | ||||
State | 133 | (158 | ) | (464 | ) | |||||||
Foreign | 2,016 | 674 | 2,169 | |||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total currently payable | 7,771 | (559 | ) | (406 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal | 443 | (4,651 | ) | (1,534 | ) | |||||||
State | 430 | (519 | ) | (252 | ) | |||||||
Foreign | 12 | (610 | ) | (820 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total deferred | 885 | (5,780 | ) | (2,606 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) | $ | 8,656 | $ | (6,339 | ) | $ | (3,012 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax
F-19
purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of May 31, 2002 and 2003 are as follows:
As of May 31, 2003, the Company has net operating losses (NOL) totaling $12,819 in various foreign jurisdictions. The majority of the NOL can be carried forward from 5 years to indefinitely. During fiscal 2003, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $1,586 relating to deferred tax assets in certain foreign subsidiaries which sustained consecutive years of losses. As required by FAS 109, these subsidiaries should not continue to accrue future benefits. The Company also has an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward as of May 31, 2003, in the amount of $1,189 which has an indefinite carryforward period.
Income taxes paid, including foreign estimated tax payments, were $7,125, $952, and $2,657 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.
All current year positive earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested pursuant to APB 23. The current net earnings of these subsidiaries amount to $4,572.
Note JStockholders' Equity
The Company has authorized 30,000 shares of Common Stock, 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 5,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The Class B Common Stock has ten votes per share. The Class B Common Stock has transferability restrictions; however, it may be converted into Common Stock on a share-for-share basis at any time. With respect to dividends and distributions,
F-20
shares of common stock and Class B Common Stock rank equally and have the same rights, except that Class B Common Stock is limited to 90% of the amount of common stock cash dividends.
Total Common Stock issued and outstanding, excluding Class B at May 31, 2003, was 10,750 shares, net of treasury shares of 1,506. An additional 9,576 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for the potential conversion of the convertible debentures and Class B Common Stock and for future issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Employee and Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plans.
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) provides substantially all employees an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company at 85% of the stock price at the beginning or the end of the year, whichever is lower. At May 31, 2003, the plan had 16 shares reserved for future issuance.
The Employees' 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 900 shares as incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options or stock awards. Under this plan and predecessor plans, 2,434 shares are reserved for future issuance. The Plan authorizes the granting of incentive stock options at the fair market value at the date of grant. Generally, these options become exercisable over staggered periods and expire up to ten years from the date of grant.
Under the 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors and a predecessor plan, at May 31, 2003, 238 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for future issuance relating to stock options exercisable based on the passage of time. Each option is exercisable over a period from its date of grant at the market value on the grant date and expires after ten years.
The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its option plans and, accordingly, has not recorded compensation expense for such plans. SFAS No. 123 requires the calculation of the fair value of each option granted. This fair value is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions indicated below:
Assumptions used in estimating options fair values
|
2001
|
2002
|
2003
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Risk-free interest rate | 5.9 | % | 4.0 | % | 2.9 | % | |||||
Annual standard deviation of stock price | 56 | % | 50 | % | 49 | % | |||||
Average expected life (years) | 5.1 | 5.2 | 5.1 | ||||||||
Annual dividend rate | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | $ | .16 | |||||
Average fair value per option | $ | 7.07 | $ | 2.95 | $ | 4.12 | |||||
Option value of ESPP per share | $ | 2.55 | $ | 1.96 | $ | 1.91 | |||||
Fair value of options granted during the year | $ | 3,253 | $ | 1,206 | $ | 297 |
F-21
A summary of the share activity and weighted average exercise prices for the Company's option plans is as follows:
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2003:
Note KEmployee Retirement Plans
The Company's domestic employee retirement plans consist of a profit sharing plan and a stock ownership plan (ESOP). Annual contributions in cash or Company stock are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. In addition, the profit sharing plan has a 401(k) provision whereby the Company matches 50% of employee contributions up to 4% of base pay. Charges to expense for discretionary and matching contributions to these plans were $2,403, $926, and $660 for fiscal 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. Such amounts included contributions in stock of $887 for 2001, based on the stock price at the date contributed. Shares are included in the calculation of earnings per share and dividends are paid to the ESOP from the date the shares are contributed. Foreign employees are covered by a variety of government mandated programs.
F-22
Note LSegment and Geographic Information
The following disclosures are made in accordance with the SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information . The Company's strategic business units (SBU's) in 2003 were: RF & Wireless Communications Group (RFWC), Industrial Power Group (IPG), Security Systems Division (SSD), and Display Systems Group (DSG).
RFWC serves the voice and data telecommunications market and the radio and television broadcast industry predominately for infrastructure applications.
IPG serves a broad range of customers including the steel, automotive, textile, plastics, semiconductor manufacturing, and transportation industries.
SSD provides security systems and related design services which includes such products as closed circuit television (CCTV), fire, burglary, access control, sound and communica-tion products and accessories.
DSG provides system integration and custom display solutions for the public information, financial, point-of-sale, and medical imaging markets.
Medical Glassware (MG) represents a portion of the former Medical Systems Group (MSG). MG was sold in February of 2002.
Each SBU is directed by a Vice President and General Manager who reports to the President and Chief Operating Officer. The President evaluates performance and allocates resources, in part, based on the direct operating contribution of each SBU. Direct operating contribution is defined as gross margin less product management and direct selling expenses.
F-23
Accounts receivable, inventory, and goodwill are identified by SBU. Cash, net property and other assets are not identifiable by SBU. Operating results for each SBU are summarized in the following table:
|
Sales
|
Gross Margin
|
Contribution
|
Assets
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Fiscal 2001 | |||||||||||||
RFWC | $ | 244,381 | $ | 63,593 | $ | 42,395 | $ | 127,005 | |||||
IPG | 89,053 | 30,650 | 24,567 | 45,276 | |||||||||
SSD | 82,352 | 18,932 | 9,235 | 34,038 | |||||||||
DSG | 59,476 | 14,553 | 7,110 | 27,118 | |||||||||
MG | 15,966 | 3,765 | 1,852 | 15,050 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 491,228 | $ | 131,493 | $ | 85,159 | $ | 248,487 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Fiscal 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RFWC | $ | 202,409 | $ | 47,467 | $ | 24,876 | $ | 114,801 | |||||
IPG | 74,578 | 24,356 | 17,643 | 37,037 | |||||||||
SSD | 85,087 | 20,080 | 10,248 | 32,401 | |||||||||
DSG | 60,697 | 15,864 | 8,528 | 22,889 | |||||||||
MG | 12,940 | 2,727 | 1,267 | 1,868 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 435,711 | $ | 110,494 | $ | 62,562 | $ | 208,996 | |||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Fiscal 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RFWC | $ | 222,448 | $ | 49,889 | $ | 25,255 | $ | 85,350 | |||||
IPG | 77,487 | 25,321 | 17,844 | 37,377 | |||||||||
SSD | 92,090 | 22,939 | 12,539 | 31,906 | |||||||||
DSG | 64,191 | 16,218 | 9,674 | 22,217 | |||||||||
MG | 1,269 | 164 | (80 | ) | 276 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 457,485 | $ | 114,531 | $ | 65,232 | $ | 177,126 | |||||
|
|
|
|
F-24
A reconciliation of sales, gross margin, direct operating contribution and assets to the relevant consolidated amounts is as follows. Other assets not identified include miscellaneous receivables, manufacturing inventories and other assets.
Geographic sales information is primarily grouped by customer destination into five areas: North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific, Latin America, and Direct Export. Sales to Mexico are included as part of Latin America. Direct Export includes sales to export distributors in countries where the Company does not have sales offices.
F-25
Sales and long-lived assets (net property and other assets, excluding investments) are presented in the table below.
The sharp decrease in long-lived assets from 2002 to 2003 is primarily due to the goodwill impairment recorded in 2003.
The Company sells its products to companies in diversified industries and performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition. Terms are generally on open account, payable net 30 days in North America, and vary throughout Europe, Asia/Pacific, and Latin America. Estimates of credit losses are recorded in the financial statements based on periodic reviews of outstanding accounts and actual losses have been consistently within management's estimates.
Note MLitigation
While the Company has several litigation matters pending against it that arose in the ordinary course of business, it is believed that, in the aggregate, they would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
In fiscal 2003, the Company received notice that two customers of one of its subsidiaries are asserting claims against it in connection with product it sold to them by the subsidiary that the Company acquired pursuant to a distribution agreement with the manufacturer of the product. The claims are based on the product not meeting the specification provided by the manufacturer. The Company has notified the manufacturer and the Company's insurance carrier of these claims. The
F-26
Company is unable to evaluate the outcome of these claims or the recovery from the manufacturer or insurance carrier as the investigation has not been completed. The Company intends to vigorously defend these claims and prosecute its claims against the manufacturer and insurer if it should have any liability.
The Company is engaged in litigation it has filed, Richardson Electronics, Ltd. v. Signal Technology Corporation , 03 L 002661 (Circuit Court, Cook County, Illinois) and Signal Technology Corporation v. Richardson Electronics, Ltd ., C.A. No. 03-0335 (Superior Court Boston, Massachusetts). The Company filed suit in Illinois claiming damages in the amount of approximately $2.0 million resulting from Signal's refusal to take delivery of product on six purchase orders it had placed with the Company. Signal has filed a declaratory judgment suit in Massachusetts seeking a ruling that it has no liability to the Company. Signal has not asserted any claim against the Company.
The Company has asserted a claim against a former vendor in the amount of $593 for inventory it sought to return to the vendor pursuant to the terms of a Distribution Agreement between the two parties, that the vendor has refused to accept as of this time.
Note NSelected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Summarized quarterly financial data for 2002 and 2003 follow.
|
First Quarter
|
Second Quarter
|
Third Quarter
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2002: | |||||||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 104,681 | $ | 115,499 | $ | 109,431 | $ | 113,881 | |||||||
Gross margin | 26,474 | 28,381 | 26,280 | 13,031 | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) | (354 | ) | 902 | (2,823 | ) | (9,184 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: | |||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted | (0.03 | ) | 0.07 | (0.21 | ) | (0.67 | ) | ||||||||
2003: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net sales | $ | 108,614 | $ | 118,958 | $ | 118,010 | $ | 118,935 | |||||||
Gross margin | 27,154 | 28,913 | 28,202 | 14,821 | |||||||||||
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | 166 | 1,078 | (102 | ) | (11,271 | ) | |||||||||
Per share: | |||||||||||||||
Basic & Diluted | 0.01 | 0.08 | (0.01 | ) | (0.82 | ) | |||||||||
Net income (loss) | (17,696 | ) | 1,078 | (102 | ) | (11,271 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: | |||||||||||||||
Basic and Diluted | (1.29 | ) | 0.08 | (0.01 | ) | (0.82 | ) |
F-27
A reconciliation of reported net income (loss) to amended net income (loss) including the additional interest expense for the affected quarters (See Note B) is provided in the following table:
The first quarter of fiscal 2003 includes a cumulative effect of accounting change of $17,862, net of tax (see Note C). The third quarter of fiscal 2002 contains a net of tax loss of $2.9 million for the disposal of the Medical Glassware business (see Note F). The fourth quarters of fiscal 2002 and 2003 include charges of $10.3 million and $11.9 million, net of tax, respectively, primarily related to inventory write-downs (see Note D).
F-28
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
As of
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
May 31,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
|||||||
|
(as restated, see Note B)
|
(unaudited)
|
|||||||
ASSETS | |||||||||
Current Assets | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 16,874 | $ | 19,727 | |||||
Receivables, less allowance of $3,350 and $3,306 | 85,355 | 96,302 | |||||||
Inventories | 95,896 | 93,207 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses | 6,919 | 4,051 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes, net | 19,401 | 20,506 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total current assets | 224,445 | 233,793 | |||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
31,088 |
|
|
30,747 |
|
||
Goodwill and intangible assets, net | 6,129 | 5,891 | |||||||
Other assets | 3,269 | 4,705 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total assets | $ | 264,931 | $ | 275,136 | |||||
|
|
||||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|
||||||||
Current Liabilities | |||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 23,660 | $ | 30,724 | |||||
Accrued liabilities | 17,421 | 21,122 | |||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 46 | 4,488 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total current liabilities | 41,127 | 56,334 | |||||||
Long-term debt |
|
|
138,396 |
|
|
127,455 |
|
||
Deferred income taxes, net | 5,269 | 8,282 | |||||||
Other non-current liabilities | 5,049 | 127 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities | 189,841 | 192,198 | |||||||
Stockholders' Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock ($.05 par value; issued 12,258 shares at May 31, 2003 and 12,500 shares at February 28, 2004) | 613 | 625 | |||||||
Class B common stock, convertible ($.05 par value; issued 3,207 shares at May 31, 2003 and 3,171 shares at February 28, 2004) | 160 | 159 | |||||||
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value; no shares issued) | | | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 91,962 | 93,886 | |||||||
Common stock in treasury, at cost (1,506 shares at May 31, 2003 and 1,496 shares at February 28, 2004) | (8,922 | ) | (8,864 | ) | |||||
Retained earnings | 6,079 | 8,026 | |||||||
Unearned compensation | (541 | ) | (368 | ) | |||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (14,261 | ) | (10,526 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Total stockholders' equity | 75,090 | 82,938 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 264,931 | $ | 275,136 | |||||
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-29
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Condensed Consolidated Statements Of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For The Three- And Nine-Month Periods Ended February 28, 2003 And
February 28, 2004
(unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
Three months ended
|
Nine months ended
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
February 28,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
February 28,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
||||||||||
|
(as restated, see Note B)
|
|
(as restated, see Note B)
|
|
||||||||||
Net sales | $ | 118,010 | $ | 127,338 | $ | 345,582 | $ | 374,695 | ||||||
Cost of products sold | 89,808 | 95,802 | 261,313 | 283,102 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross margin | 28,202 | 31,536 | 84,269 | 91,593 | ||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
25,451 |
|
|
27,101 |
|
|
74,155 |
|
|
78,441 |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating income | 2,751 | 4,435 | 10,114 | 13,152 | ||||||||||
Other (income) expense | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 2,634 | 2,577 | 7,757 | 7,682 | ||||||||||
Other, net | 224 | 365 | 390 | 252 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total other (income) expense | 2,858 | 2,942 | 8,147 | 7,934 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income before income tax and cumulative effect of accounting change | (107 | ) | 1,493 | 1,967 | 5,218 | |||||||||
Income tax | (5 | ) | 493 | 825 | 1,621 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change | (102 | ) | 1,000 | 1,142 | 3,597 | |||||||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (Note E) | | | (17,862 | ) | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (102 | ) | $ | 1,000 | $ | (16,720 | ) | $ | 3,597 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per sharebasic: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income per share before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.26 | |||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (Note E) | | | (1.30 | ) | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.07 | $ | (1.22 | ) | $ | 0.26 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Average shares outstanding | 13,759 | 14,102 | 13,742 | 14,002 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per sharediluted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income per share before cumulative effect of accounting change | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.25 | |||||
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (Note E) | | | (1.28 | ) | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.07 | $ | (1.20 | ) | $ | 0.25 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Average shares outstanding | 13,759 | 14,560 | 13,989 | 14,374 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Dividends per common share |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
0.12 |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Statement of comprehensive income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) | $ | (102 | ) | $ | 1,000 | $ | (16,720 | ) | $ | 3,597 | ||||
Foreign currency translation | 2,124 | 2,149 | 380 | 2,803 | ||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments | (90 | ) | 201 | (293 | ) | 413 | ||||||||
Fair value adjustmentscash flow hedges | (44 | ) | 174 | (297 | ) | 519 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) | $ | 1,888 | $ | 3,524 | $ | (16,930 | ) | $ | 7,332 | |||||
|
|
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-30
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Condensed Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows
For The Nine-Month Periods Ended February 28, 2003 And February 28, 2004
(unaudited, in
thousands)
|
Nine months ended
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
February 28,
2003 |
February 28,
2004 |
|||||||
|
(as restated, see Note B)
|
|
|||||||
Operating Activities | |||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (16,720 | ) | $ | 3,597 | ||||
Non-cash charges to income (loss): | |||||||||
Depreciation | 4,072 | 3,788 | |||||||
Amortization of intangibles and financing costs | 201 | 225 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes, net | (66 | ) | 1,621 | ||||||
Goodwill impairment charge | 17,862 | | |||||||
Other, net | 884 | 665 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Total non-cash charges | 22,953 | 6,299 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Changes in working capital, net of effects of currency translation: | |||||||||
Accounts receivable | 3,312 | (8,864 | ) | ||||||
Inventories | (3,218 | ) | 4,324 | ||||||
Other current assets | (628 | ) | (511 | ) | |||||
Accounts payable | (6,980 | ) | 7,593 | ||||||
Other liabilities | (1,233 | ) | 1,753 | ||||||
|
|
||||||||
Net changes in working capital | (8,747 | ) | 4,295 | ||||||
|
|
||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (2,514 | ) | 14,191 | ||||||
|
|
||||||||
Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Proceeds from borrowings | 29,538 | 29,105 | |||||||
Payments on debt | (23,847 | ) | (36,713 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from stock issuance | 203 | 1,537 | |||||||
Cash dividends | (2,151 | ) | (1,651 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
3,743 |
|
|
(7,722 |
) |
||
|
|
||||||||
Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Capital expenditures | (4,958 | ) | (3,861 | ) | |||||
Earnout payment related to acquisitions | (764 | ) | (1,008 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities | 3,440 | 3,369 | |||||||
Purchases of available-for-sale securities | (3,440 | ) | (3,369 | ) | |||||
Other | (407 | ) | | ||||||
|
|
||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (6,129 | ) | (4,869 | ) | |||||
|
|
||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
1,471 |
|
|
1,253 |
|
||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | (3,429 | ) | 2,853 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 15,296 | 16,874 | |||||||
|
|
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 11,867 | $ | 19,727 | |||||
|
|
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-31
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD.
Notes To Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note ABasis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Statements) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods have been made and such adjustments were of a normal and recurring nature. The results of operations and cash flows for the three- and nine-month periods ended February 28, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended May 31, 2004.
For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003. Certain fiscal 2003 balances have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2004 presentation.
Note BRestatement
The Company identified an accounting error in a foreign subsidiary which affected previously reported interest expense for seven quarters beginning with the third quarter of fiscal 2002 and ending with the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The correction of the error, which aggregated to $738, is presented as a restatement of these prior periods. The restatement increases diluted earnings per share to $0.15 for the second quarter of fiscal 2004 versus the $0.11 published in the December 18, 2003 earnings release. The Company filed a Form 10-K/A for fiscal 2003 and a Form 10-Q/A for the first quarter of fiscal 2004 on January 30, 2004 to reflect these changes. A reconciliation of reported net income (loss) to amended net income (loss) including the additional interest expense for the affected quarters is provided in the following table:
|
FY 2002
|
FY 2003
|
FY 2004
|
|||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
3
rd
Qtr
|
4
th
Qtr
|
1
st
Qtr
|
2
nd
Qtr
|
3
rd
Qtr
|
4
th
Qtr
|
1
st
Qtr
|
|||||||||||||||
Reported net income (loss) | $ | (2,743.0 | ) | $ | (9,075.0 | ) | $ | (17,578.0 | ) | $ | 1,190.0 | $ | (5.0 | ) | $ | (11,163.0 | ) | $ | 506.0 | |||
Additional interest expense | (80.2 | ) | (108.9 | ) | (118.3 | ) | (112.1 | ) | (96.8 | ) | (107.6 | ) | (113.9 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Amended net income (loss) | $ | (2,823.2 | ) | $ | (9,183.9 | ) | $ | (17,696.3 | ) | $ | 1,077.9 | $ | (101.8 | ) | $ | (11,270.6 | ) | $ | 392.1 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Reported basic and diluted income (loss) per share |
|
$ |
(0.20 |
) |
$ |
(0.66 |
) |
$ |
(1.28 |
) |
$ |
0.09 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
(0.81 |
) |
$ |
0.04 |
|
Additional interest expense | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Amended basic and diluted net income (loss) per share | $ | (0.21 | ) | $ | (0.67 | ) | $ | (1.29 | ) | $ | 0.08 | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | (0.82 | ) | $ | 0.03 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note CChange in Accounting Principle
At February 28, 2004, the Company's worldwide inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Effective June 1, 2003, the North American operations, which represent a majority of the Company's operations and approximately 76% of the Company's inventories, changed from the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method to the FIFO method. All other inventories were consistently stated at the lower of cost or market using FIFO method. The Company believes that the FIFO method is preferable because it provides a better matching of revenue
F-32
and expenses. The accounting change was not material to the financial statements for any of the periods presented, and accordingly, no retroactive restatement of prior years' financial statements was made. Inventories include material, labor and overhead associated with such inventories. Substantially all inventories represent finished goods held for sale.
Note DRestructuring Charges
As a result of the Company's fiscal 2003 restructuring initiative, a restructuring charge, including severance and lease termination costs of $1,730, was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended May 31, 2003. Severance costs of $328 were paid in fiscal 2003 with the remaining balance payable in fiscal 2004. The following table depicts the amounts associated with the activity related to the restructuring initiative through February 28, 2004:
|
Restructuring liability May 31, 2003
|
Paid through February 28, 2004
|
Reversal of accrual
|
Unpaid balance as of February 28, 2004
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Employee severance and related costs | $ | 1,192 | $ | 891 | $ | 292 | $ | 9 | |||||
Lease termination costs | 210 | | 210 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,402 | $ | 891 | $ | 502 | $ | 9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The reversal of the employee severance and related costs resulted from the difference between the estimated severance costs and the actual payouts and was recorded in the quarter ended November 29, 2003. All employees originally notified were terminated. The lease termination did not occur as the agreement for the replacement facility was not finalized. The lease termination reversal was recorded in the quarter ended August 30, 2003.
Note EGoodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Effective June 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . This statement changed the accounting for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets from an amortization approach to an impairment-only approach. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company recorded a transitional impairment charge during the first quarter of fiscal 2003 of $21,587 ($17,862 net of tax), presented as a cumulative effect of accounting change. This charge related to the Company's segments as follows: RF & Wireless Communications Group (RFWC), $20,456; and Security Systems Division (SSD), $1,131.
The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether an additional impairment may exist. A fair value approach is used to test goodwill for impairment. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds its fair value. Management establishes fair values using discounted cash flows. When available and as appropriate, management uses comparative market multiples to corroborate discounted cash flow results. The Company performed its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. The Company did not find any indication that additional impairment existed and, therefore, no additional impairment loss was recorded.
F-33
The table below provides changes in the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization by reportable segment:
Goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization
|
RFWC
|
IPG
|
SSD
|
DSG
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at May 31, 2003 | $ | | $ | 882 | $ | 1,714 | $ | 2,959 | $ | 5,555 | |||||||
Modification of earnout payment | | | | (58 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | 7 | 46 | | 53 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Balance at February 28, 2004 | $ | | $ | 889 | $ | 1,760 | $ | 2,901 | $ | 5,550 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets subject to amortization as of May 31, 2003 and February 28, 2004 are as follows:
Amortization expense for the third quarter and nine months is as follows:
|
Amortization expense for the
|
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Third Quarter
|
Nine Months
|
||||||||||||
|
FY 2003
|
FY 2004
|
FY 2003
|
FY 2004
|
||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: | ||||||||||||||
Deferred financing costs | $ | 56 | $ | 71 | $ | 191 | $ | 215 | ||||||
Patents and trademarks | 4 | 4 | 10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total | $ | 60 | $ | 75 | $ | 201 | $ | 225 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
The amortization expense associated with the existing intangible assets subject to amortization is expected to be $299, $180, $75 and $20 in fiscal 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. The weighted average number of years of amortization expense remaining is 1.5.
Note FWarranties
The Company offers warranties for specific products it manufactures. The Company also provides extended warranties for some products it sells that lengthen the period of coverage specified in the manufacturer's original warranty. Terms generally range from one to three years.
The Company estimates the cost to perform under its warranty obligation and recognizes this estimated cost at the time of the related product sale and comprehensive income (loss). The Company reports this expense as an element of cost of products sold in its statement of operations. Each quarter,
F-34
the Company assesses actual warranty costs incurred, on a product-by-product basis, as compared to its estimated obligation. The estimates with respect to new products are based generally on knowledge of the manufacturers' experience and are extrapolated to reflect the extended warranty period, and are refined each quarter as better information with respect to warranty experience becomes known.
Warranty reserves are established for costs that are expected to be incurred after the sale and delivery of the products subject to warranty. Such costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. The warranty reserves are determined based on known product failures, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. The reserve is included in "Accrued Liabilities" on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Changes in the warranty reserve for the nine months ended February 28, 2004 were as follows:
|
Warranty Reserve
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at May 31, 2003 | $ | 672 | |||
Accruals for products sold | 369 | ||||
Utilization | (76 | ) | |||
|
|||||
Balance at February 28, 2004 | $ | 965 | |||
|
The increase in the warranty accrual represents warranties related to a new product offering by the Company's Display Systems Group beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2003.
Note GContractual Obligations and Other Commitments
The following table represents contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of February 28, 2004 by fiscal period.
|
Payments due by fiscal period as of February 28, 2004
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004
|
2005
|
2006
|
2007
|
2008
|
Beyond
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||
Convertible debentures | $ | | $ | 3,850 | $ | 6,225 | $ | 60,750 | $ | | $ | | $ | 70,825 | ||||||||
Floating-rate multi-currency revolving credit facility | | | 60,435 | | | | 60,435 | |||||||||||||||
Financial instruments | 448 | 149 | | | | | 597 | |||||||||||||||
Facility lease obligations | 991 | 2,971 | 1,973 | 1,037 | 711 | 740 | 8,423 | |||||||||||||||
Performance bonds | | 645 | | | | | 645 | |||||||||||||||
Contingent and earnout payments | 5,979 | 1,084 | | | | | 7,063 | |||||||||||||||
Other | 15 | 70 | | | | | 85 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 7,433 | $ | 8,769 | $ | 68,633 | $ | 61,787 | $ | 711 | $ | 740 | $ | 148,073 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible debentures consist of 8 1 / 4 % debentures with principal of $40,000, due June 2006 and 7 1 / 4 % debentures with principal of $30,825, due December 2006. The Company is required to make sinking fund payments of $3,850 in fiscal 2005 and $6,225 in fiscal 2006. The floating-rate multi-currency revolving credit facility matures in September of 2005 and bears interest at applicable LIBOR rates plus a 225 basis point margin. Financial instruments represent remaining liability associated with the Company's interest rate exchange agreements. Facility lease obligations are related to certain warehouse and office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain African and Latin American customers require performance bonds with expiration dates between July and December of
F-35
2004, renewable annually. Contingent and earnout payments represent additional consideration to be paid pursuant to certain of the Company's acquisition agreements assuming certain operation performance criteria are met. The Company acquired Pixelink Corporation (Pixelink) during fiscal year 1999 and Celti Electronics (Celti) and AVIV Electronics (AVIV) during fiscal year 2001. The terms of these acquisition agreements provide for additional consideration to be paid if the acquired entities results of operations exceed certain targeted levels or other criteria. For Aviv, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income with a guaranteed minimum. For Pixelink, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income and in the case of Celti, additional consideration will be paid on a percentage of operating income once a minimum threshold is achieved. Such amounts are paid in cash and recorded when earned as additional consideration and amounted to $764 and $1,008 for the nine months ended February 28, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Contingent and earnout payments, including the amounts paid during fiscal 2004 to date, associated with these acquisitions amount to $5,979 and will be payable in fiscal 2004, assuming the goals established in all agreements are met. The $1,084 fiscal year 2005 contingent and earnout payment will be payable in fiscal 2005 assuming the goals established in the acquisition agreement are met.
Note HIncome Taxes
The income tax provisions for the nine-month periods ended February 28, 2003 and February 28, 2004 are based on the estimated annual effective tax rate of 41.9% and 31.1%, respectively. The difference between the effective tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily results from the Company's geographic distribution of taxable income and losses, certain non-tax deductible charges, and the Company's foreign sales corporation benefit on export sales, net of state income taxes.
Income tax refund, net of foreign estimated tax payments, was $2,801 for the nine months ended February 28, 2004.
Note ICalculation of Earnings per Share
Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of Common and Class B Common shares outstanding. Diluted income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) (adjusted for interest savings, net of tax, on assumed conversion of bonds) by the actual shares outstanding and share equivalents that would arise from the exercise of stock options, certain restricted stock awards, and the assumed conversion of convertible bonds when such assumptions have a dilutive effect on the calculation. The Company's 8 1 / 4 % and 7 1 / 4 % convertible debentures are excluded from the calculation in both fiscal 2003 and 2004, as assumed conversion and effect of interest savings would be anti-dilutive. The per share amounts presented in the
F-36
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are based on the following amounts:
The effect of potentially dilutive stock options is calculated using the treasury stock method. Certain stock options are excluded from the calculations because the average market price of the Company's stock during the period did not exceed the exercise price of those options. For the three-month period ended February 28, 2004, there were 446 such options. However, some or all of the above mentioned options may be potentially dilutive in the future.
Note JStock-Based Compensation
The Company has stock-based compensation plans under which stock options are granted to key managers at the market price on the date of grant. Most of these new grants are fully exercisable after five years and have a ten-year life. Three such grants were issued during the nine months ended February 28, 2004.
The Company applies the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations including FASB interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion 25, issued in March 2000, to account for its stock options. Under this method, compensation expense is recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described above, and has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123. The following table illustrates the pro-forma effect on net income (loss)
F-37
attributable to common stockholders if the fair value-based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period.
Note KSegment Information
The marketing, sales, product management, and purchasing functions of the Company consist of four strategic business units (SBU's): RF & Wireless Communications Group (RFWC), Industrial Power Group (IPG), Security Systems Division (SSD), and Display Systems Group (DSG).
RFWC serves the expanding global RF and wireless communications market, including infrastructure and wireless networks, as well as the fiber optics market. The Company's team of RF and wireless engineers assists customers in designing circuits, selecting cost effective components, planning reliable and timely supply, prototype testing, and assembly. The group offers its customers and vendors complete engineering and technical support from the design-in of RF and wireless components to the development of engineered solutions for their system requirements.
IPG serves the industrial market's need for both vacuum tube and solid-state technologies. The group provides replacement products for systems using electron tubes as well as design and assembly services for new systems employing power semiconductors. As electronic systems increase in functionality and become more complex, the Company believes the need for intelligent, efficient power management will continue to increase and drive power conversion demand growth.
SSD is a global provider of closed circuit television, fire, burglary, access control, sound, and communication products and accessories for the residential, commercial, and government markets. The division specializes in closed circuit television design-in support, offering extensive expertise with
F-38
applications requiring digital technology. SSD products are primarily used for security and access control purposes but are also utilized in industrial applications, mobile video, and traffic management.
DSG is a global provider of integrated display products and systems to the public information, financial, point-of-sale, and medical imaging markets. The group works with leading hardware vendors to offer the highest quality liquid crystal display, plasma, cathode ray tube, and customized display monitors. DSG engineers design custom display solutions that include touch screens, protective panels, custom enclosures, specialized finishes, application specific software, and privately branded products.
Each SBU is directed by a Vice President and General Manager who reports to the President and Chief Operating Officer. The President evaluates performance and allocates resources, in part, based on the direct operating contribution of each SBU. Direct operating contribution is defined as gross margin less product management and direct selling expenses.
F-39
Accounts receivable, inventory, goodwill, and some intangible assets are identified by SBU. Cash, net property and other assets are not identifiable by SBU. Operating results for each SBU are summarized in the following table:
Fiscal 2003 data has been reclassified to conform with the current presentation, which includes the reclassification of the broadcast tubes product line from RFWC to the IPG business unit. Fiscal 2003 quarterly sales for the broadcast tubes were $4,685, $4,625, $4,717, and $3,995 for the first, second, third, and fourth quarters, respectively.
A reconciliation of sales, gross margin, direct operating contribution and assets to the relevant consolidated amounts follows. Freight, Medical Glassware business, Logistics business, and miscellaneous sales are included in "Other sales". "Other assets" primarily represent miscellaneous
F-40
receivables, manufacturing and other inventories, intangible assets subject to amortization and investments.
The Company sells its products to companies in diversified industries and performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition. Terms are generally on open account, payable net 30 days in North America, and vary throughout Europe, Asia/Pacific and Latin America. Estimates of credit losses are recorded in the financial statements based on periodic reviews of outstanding accounts and actual losses have been consistently within management's estimates.
Note LRecently Issued Pronouncements
On December 23, 2003, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 132 (Revised 2003), Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits . This standard increases the existing GAAP disclosure requirements by requiring more details about pension plan assets, benefit obligations, cash flows, benefit costs and related information. Companies will be required to segregate plan assets by category, such as debt, equity and real estate, and to provide certain expected rates of return and other informational disclosures. Statement 132(R) also requires companies to disclose various elements of pension and postretirement benefit costs in interim-period financial statements for quarters beginning after December 15, 2003. The Company does not expect the new pronouncement to have a material impact on the Company's disclosure requirements.
F-41
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.*
The following table sets forth estimated expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, assuming one issuance of securities:
Registration Fee | $ | 5,716 | |
NASD Fee | 5,011 | ||
Printing and Engraving | 25,000 | ||
Accounting Fees | 25,000 | ||
Legal Fees | 175,000 | ||
Underwriting Expenses | 200,000 | ||
Miscellaneous | 39,273 | ||
|
|||
Total | $ | 475,000 | |
|
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
The Delaware General Corporation Law permits the indemnification by a Delaware corporation of its directors, officers, employees, and other agents against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than derivative actions which are by or in the right of the corporation) if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard of care is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such an action and requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law also provides that the rights conferred thereby are not exclusive of any other right to which any person may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and permits a corporation to advance expenses to or on behalf of a person entitled to be indemnified upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the amounts advanced if it is determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time, indemnify, advance payment of expenses on behalf of and purchase and maintain insurance against liability on behalf of all persons for whom it may take each such respective action pursuant to such Section. The certificate of incorporation also provides that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such a director as a director to the full extent authorized or permitted by Delaware law. A director, however, will be liable to the extent provided by applicable law for:
II-1
Article VII of our by-laws contains additional provisions regarding indemnification.
We maintain a liability insurance policy for our directors and officers and for us providing coverage of claims in excess of certain minimum retained limits.
We expect any underwriting or other agreement we sign in connection with an offering of securities pursuant to this registration statement will contain certain provisions for the indemnification by the agents, underwriters or dealers of us and our directors and officers who signed the registration statement, and other controlling persons, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or for contribution by such agents, underwriters or dealers with respect to payments which we or our directors or officers may be required to make, and that any agents, underwriters and dealers, and their respective controlling persons may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to any contribution with respect to payments which such agents, underwriters and dealers, or controlling persons, may be required to make.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Not applicable.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
1.1 | | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | ||
3.1 |
|
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Richardson Electronics, Ltd., as amended, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated November 13, 1986, which is included in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Commission File No. 33-8696. |
3.2 |
|
|
|
By-Laws of Richardson Electronics, Ltd., as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated May 31, 1997, Commission File No. 00-12906. |
4.1 |
|
|
|
Form of Convertible Senior Subordinated Indenture between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee, relating to convertible debt securities (including form of note), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, Commission File No. 333-113569. |
4.2 |
|
|
|
Specimen forms of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock certificates of the Company incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 33-10834. |
4.3 |
|
|
|
Indenture dated December 15, 1986 between the Company and Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, as Trustee, for 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006 (including form of 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006) incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1987. |
4.4 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Indenture between the Company and First Trust National Association, as successor trustee to Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago dated February 18, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1997. |
II-2
4.5 |
|
|
|
Indenture dated December 16, 1996 between the Company and American National Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006 (including form of 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company's Schedule 13E-4 dated December 18, 1996. |
5.1 |
|
|
|
Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP , counsel to the Registrant, as to the validity of the Securities being registered.** |
10.1 |
|
|
|
The Corporate Plan for Retirement The Profit Sharing / 401(k) Plan Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 07 effective June 1, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.2 |
|
|
|
Amendment to the Company's Employees' Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.3 |
|
|
|
The Company's Amended and Restated Employees' Incentive Stock Option Plan effective April 8, 1987, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1987. |
10.4 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Employees' Incentive Stock Option Plan effective April 11, 1989, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1989. |
10.5 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Employees Incentive Stock Option Plan dated July 30, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.6 |
|
|
|
Third Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.7 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1996 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.8 |
|
|
|
Employees Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of June 1, 1987, restated effective as of June 1, 1989, as amended July 14, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1994. |
10.9 |
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Employees Stock Ownership Plan dated July 12, 1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1995. |
10.10 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Employees Stock Ownership Plan, dated April 10, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.11 |
|
|
|
Third Amendment to Employees Stock Ownership Plan, effective June 1, 1989, as amended and restated July 14, 1994, dated April 9, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998. |
10.12 |
|
|
|
Employees 1999 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999. |
II-3
10.13 |
|
|
|
Amendment to the Company's Employees 1999 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 4, 2001, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held October 16, 2001. |
10.14 |
|
|
|
The Company's Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective August 1, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 30, 1989 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 18, 1989. |
10.15 |
|
|
|
The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit C of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.16 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees' Incentive Compensation Plan effective July 24, 1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 31, 1990 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 9, 1990. |
10.17 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Employees Incentive Compensation Plan dated July 30, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.18 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Employees Incentive Compensation Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.19 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees' 1994 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 31, 1994 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 11, 1994. |
10.20 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Company's Employees' 1994 Incentive Compensation Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.21 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1996 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.22 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1998 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1998 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 6, 1998. |
10.23 |
|
|
|
Letter dated April 1, 1993 between the Company and Arnold R. Allen regarding Mr. Allen's engagement as consultant by the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1993. |
10.24 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated NA June 1, 1998 between the Company and Flint Cooper, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended on May 31, 1998. |
10.25 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between the Company and Robert Prince, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.26 |
|
|
|
Agreement dated August 6, 2002 between the Company and William J. Garry, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(hh) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
II-4
10.27 |
|
|
|
Employment and Bonus Agreement dated November 7, 1996 between the Company and Bruce W. Johnson, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9 of the Company's Schedule 13 E-4 dated December 18, 1996. |
10.28 |
|
|
|
Employment Agreement dated May 10, 1993, as amended March 23, 1998, between Richardson Electronics Italy s.r.l. and Pierluigi Calderone, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998. |
10.29 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated September 26, 1999 between the Company and Murray Kennedy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(w) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.30 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated November 22, 1999 between the Company and Gregory Peloquin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(x) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.31 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated May 30, 2000 between the Company and Robert Heise, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.32 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated May 31, 2002 between the Company and Dario Sacomani, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(gg) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
10.33 |
|
|
|
The Company's Directors and Officers Executive Liability and Indemnification Insurance Policy renewal issued by Chubb Group of Insurance CompaniesPolicy Number 8125-64-60J ILL, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.34 |
|
|
|
The Company's Directors and Officers Liability Insurance Policy issued by CNA Insurance CompaniesPolicy Number DOX600028634, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.35 |
|
|
|
The Company's Excess Directors and Officers Liability and Corporate Indemnification Policy issued by St. Paul Mercury Insurance CompanyPolicy Number S12CM0138, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.36 |
|
|
|
Distributor Agreement, executed August 8, 1991, between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K for September 30, 1991. |
10.37 |
|
|
|
Amendment dated September 30, 1991 between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K for September 30, 1991. |
10.38 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Distributor Agreement between Varian Associates, Inc. and the Company dated April 10, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(5) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1992. |
10.39 |
|
|
|
Consent to Assignment and Assignment dated August 4, 1995 between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s)(4) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1995. |
II-5
10.40 |
|
|
|
Trademark License Agreement dated May 1, 1991 between North American Philips Corporation and the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(w)(3) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.41 |
|
|
|
Agreement among Richardson Electronics, Ltd., Richardson Electronique S.A., Covelec S.A. (now known as Covimag S.A.), and Messrs. Denis Dumont and Patrick Pertzborn, delivered February 23, 1995, translated from French, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 1995. |
10.42 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 26, 2002, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique sNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA, incorporated by reference to the Company's Reports on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2002 and on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2002. |
10.43 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2003, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique sNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.44 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2003, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique SNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.45 |
|
|
|
Consent and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 3, 2004 by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique SNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, the lenders party thereto, Bank One, NA, London Branch as Eurocurrency Agent, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch as Canada Agent, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch as Japan Agent, and Bank One, NA, as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, Commission File No. 333-113569. |
10.46 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 1, 2004 by and between the Company and George Solas. |
10.47 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 1, 2004 by and between the Company and Wendy Diddell. |
10.48 |
|
|
|
Real Estate Sale Contract dated June 8, 2004 between the Company and Shodeen Construction Company, L.L.C. |
II-6
21.1 |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company.** |
23.1 |
|
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
23.2 |
|
|
|
Consent of Bryan Cave LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).** |
24.1 |
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney executed by certain of the officers and directors of the Registrant (included in signature pages).** |
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as a part of this registration statement in reliance upon 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-7
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the County of Kane, State of Illinois, on June 14, 2004.
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD. | |||
|
By: |
|
/s/ DARIO SACOMANI |
Name: Dario Sacomani
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 4 to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
EDWARD J. RICHARDSON*
Edward J. Richardson |
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) | June 14, 2004 | ||
/s/ DARIO SACOMANI Dario Sacomani |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer) |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ BRUCE W. JOHNSON* Bruce W. Johnson |
|
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ ARNOLD R. ALLEN* Arnold R. Allen |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ JACQUES BOUYER* Jacques Bouyer |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ SCOTT HODES* Scott Hodes |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ AD KETELAARS* Ad Ketelaars |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
II-8
/s/ JOHN R. PETERSON* John R. Peterson |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ HAROLD L. PURKEY* Harold L. Purkey |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
/s/ SAMUEL RUBINOVITZ* Samuel Rubinovitz |
|
Director |
|
June 14, 2004 |
*By |
|
/s/ DARIO SACOMANI Attorney-in-fact |
|
|
|
|
II-9
Exhibit
Number |
|
Description of Exhibit
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
1.1 | | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | ||
3.1 |
|
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Richardson Electronics, Ltd., as amended, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated November 13, 1986, which is included in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, Commission File No. 33-8696. |
3.2 |
|
|
|
By-Laws of Richardson Electronics, Ltd., as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated May 31, 1997, Commission File No. 00-12906. |
4.1 |
|
|
|
Form of Convertible Senior Subordinated Indenture between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee, relating to convertible debt securities (including form of note), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, Commission File No. 333-113569. |
4.2 |
|
|
|
Specimen forms of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock certificates of the Company incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, Commission File No. 33-10834. |
4.3 |
|
|
|
Indenture dated December 15, 1986 between the Company and Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, as Trustee, for 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006 (including form of 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006) incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1987. |
4.4 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Indenture between the Company and First Trust National Association, as successor trustee to Continental Illinois National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago dated February 18, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1997. |
4.5 |
|
|
|
Indenture dated December 16, 1996 between the Company and American National Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006 (including form of 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company's Schedule 13E-4 dated December 18, 1996. |
5.1 |
|
|
|
Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP , counsel to the Registrant, as to the validity of the Securities being registered.** |
10.1 |
|
|
|
The Corporate Plan for Retirement The Profit Sharing / 401(k) Plan Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 07 effective June 1, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.2 |
|
|
|
Amendment to the Company's Employees' Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.3 |
|
|
|
The Company's Amended and Restated Employees' Incentive Stock Option Plan effective April 8, 1987, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1987. |
10.4 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Employees' Incentive Stock Option Plan effective April 11, 1989, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1989. |
10.5 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Employees Incentive Stock Option Plan dated July 30, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.6 |
|
|
|
Third Amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Option Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.7 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1996 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.8 |
|
|
|
Employees Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of June 1, 1987, restated effective as of June 1, 1989, as amended July 14, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1994. |
10.9 |
|
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Employees Stock Ownership Plan dated July 12, 1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1995. |
10.10 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Employees Stock Ownership Plan, dated April 10, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.11 |
|
|
|
Third Amendment to Employees Stock Ownership Plan, effective June 1, 1989, as amended and restated July 14, 1994, dated April 9, 1997 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998. |
10.12 |
|
|
|
Employees 1999 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1999. |
10.13 |
|
|
|
Amendment to the Company's Employees 1999 Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 4, 2001, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held October 16, 2001. |
10.14 |
|
|
|
The Company's Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective August 1, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 30, 1989 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 18, 1989. |
10.15 |
|
|
|
The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit C of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.16 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees' Incentive Compensation Plan effective July 24, 1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 31, 1990 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 9, 1990. |
10.17 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Employees Incentive Compensation Plan dated July 30, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.18 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Employees Incentive Compensation Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.19 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees' 1994 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's Proxy Statement dated August 31, 1994 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 11, 1994. |
10.20 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to the Company's Employees' 1994 Incentive Compensation Plan dated August 15, 1996, incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1996. |
10.21 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1996 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1996 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 1, 1996. |
10.22 |
|
|
|
The Company's Employees 1998 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company's Proxy Statement dated September 3, 1998 for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on October 6, 1998. |
10.23 |
|
|
|
Letter dated April 1, 1993 between the Company and Arnold R. Allen regarding Mr. Allen's engagement as consultant by the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1993. |
10.24 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated NA June 1, 1998 between the Company and Flint Cooper, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended on May 31, 1998. |
10.25 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 6, 2000 between the Company and Robert Prince, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.26 |
|
|
|
Agreement dated August 6, 2002 between the Company and William J. Garry, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(hh) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
10.27 |
|
|
|
Employment and Bonus Agreement dated November 7, 1996 between the Company and Bruce W. Johnson, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9 of the Company's Schedule 13 E-4 dated December 18, 1996. |
10.28 |
|
|
|
Employment Agreement dated May 10, 1993, as amended March 23, 1998, between Richardson Electronics Italy s.r.l. and Pierluigi Calderone, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998. |
10.29 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated September 26, 1999 between the Company and Murray Kennedy, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(w) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.30 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated November 22, 1999 between the Company and Gregory Peloquin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(x) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.31 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated May 30, 2000 between the Company and Robert Heise, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. |
10.32 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated May 31, 2002 between the Company and Dario Sacomani, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(gg) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002. |
10.33 |
|
|
|
The Company's Directors and Officers Executive Liability and Indemnification Insurance Policy renewal issued by Chubb Group of Insurance CompaniesPolicy Number 8125-64-60J ILL, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.34 |
|
|
|
The Company's Directors and Officers Liability Insurance Policy issued by CNA Insurance CompaniesPolicy Number DOX600028634, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.35 |
|
|
|
The Company's Excess Directors and Officers Liability and Corporate Indemnification Policy issued by St. Paul Mercury Insurance CompanyPolicy Number S12CM0138, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.36 |
|
|
|
Distributor Agreement, executed August 8, 1991, between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K for September 30, 1991. |
10.37 |
|
|
|
Amendment dated September 30, 1991 between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K for September 30, 1991. |
10.38 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Distributor Agreement between Varian Associates, Inc. and the Company dated April 10, 1992, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v)(5) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1992. |
10.39 |
|
|
|
Consent to Assignment and Assignment dated August 4, 1995 between the Company and Varian Associates, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s)(4) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1995. |
10.40 |
|
|
|
Trademark License Agreement dated May 1, 1991 between North American Philips Corporation and the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(w)(3) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 1991. |
10.41 |
|
|
|
Agreement among Richardson Electronics, Ltd., Richardson Electronique S.A., Covelec S.A. (now known as Covimag S.A.), and Messrs. Denis Dumont and Patrick Pertzborn, delivered February 23, 1995, translated from French, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 1995. |
10.42 |
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 26, 2002, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique sNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA, incorporated by reference to the Company's Reports on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2002 and on Form 8-K dated December 9, 2002. |
10.43 |
|
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2003, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique sNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.44 |
|
|
|
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2003, by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique SNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, Bank One, NA, London Branch, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch and Bank One, NA., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(aa)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, filed with the SEC August 29, 2003. |
10.45 |
|
|
|
Consent and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 3, 2004 by and among the Company, Burtek Systems, Inc., Richardson Electronics Canada, Ltd., Richardson Electronics Limited, RESA, SNC, Richardson Electronique SNC, Richardson Electronics Iberica, S.A., Richardson Electronics GmbH, Richardson Electronics Benelux B.V., Richardson Sweden Holding AB, Richardson Electronics KK, the lenders party thereto, Bank One, NA, London Branch as Eurocurrency Agent, Bank One, NA, Canada Branch as Canada Agent, Bank One, NA, Tokyo Branch as Japan Agent, and Bank One, NA, as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, Commission File No. 333-113569. |
10.46 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 1, 2004 by and between the Company and George Solas. |
10.47 |
|
|
|
Employment, Nondisclosure and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 1, 2004 by and between the Company and Wendy Diddell. |
10.48 |
|
|
|
Real Estate Sale Contract dated June 8, 2004 between the Company and Shodeen Construction Company, L.L.C. |
21.1 |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company.** |
23.1 |
|
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
23.2 |
|
|
|
Consent of Bryan Cave LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).** |
24.1 |
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney executed by certain of the officers and directors of the Registrant (included in signature pages).** |
Richardson Electronics, Ltd.
Common Stock, par value $.05 per share
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
JEFFERIES &
COMPANY, INC.
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.
KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
520 Madison Avenue, 12
th
Floor
New York, New York 10022
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Introductory. Richardson Electronics, Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule A (the " Underwriters ") an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares (the " Firm Shares ") of its Common Stock, par value $.05 per share (the " Shares "). In addition, the Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 450,000 Shares (the " Optional Shares "), as provided in Section 2. The Firm Shares and, if and to the extent such option is exercised, the Optional Shares are collectively called the " Offered Shares ." Jefferies & Company, Inc. (" Jefferies "), William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc. have agreed to act as representatives of the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the " Representatives ") in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares.
The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the " Commission ") a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-113568), which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Shares. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, in the form in which it was declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the " Securities Act "), including any information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 434 under the Securities Act, is called the " Registration Statement ." Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is called the " Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ," and from and after the date and time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement the term " Registration Statement " shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Such prospectus, in the form first used by the Underwriters to confirm sales of the Offered Shares, is called the " Prospectus "; provided, however , if the Company has, with the consent of Jefferies, elected to rely upon Rule 434 under the Securities Act, the term " Prospectus " shall mean the Company's prospectus subject to completion (each, a " preliminary prospectus ") dated [ ], 2004 (such preliminary prospectus is called the " Rule 434 preliminary prospectus "), together with the applicable term sheet (the " Term Sheet ") prepared and filed by the Company with the Commission under Rules 434 and 424(b) under the Securities Act and all references in this Agreement to the date of the Prospectus shall mean the date of the Term Sheet. All references in this Agreement to (i) the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, a preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or the Term Sheet, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (" EDGAR ") and (ii) the Prospectus shall be deemed to include the " electronic Prospectus " provided for use in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares as contemplated by Section 3(k) of this Agreement.
The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriters as follows:
Section 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter as follows:
(a) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement have been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. The Company has complied in all material respects with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.
Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares. Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective and at all subsequent times through the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined in Section 3(a)), complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its date and at all subsequent times, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto, or the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Representatives to the Company consists of the information described in Section 8(b) below. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been described or filed as required.
(b) Offering Materials Furnished to Underwriters. The Company has delivered to the Representatives a manually signed copy of the Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts filed as a part thereof, and conformed copies of the Registration Statement (without exhibits) and preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in such quantities and at such places as the Representatives have reasonably requested for each of the Underwriters.
(c) Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of (i) the expiration or termination of the option granted to the several Underwriters in Section 2 and (ii) the completion of the Underwriters' distribution of the Offered Shares, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Shares other than a preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement.
(d) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(e) Authorization of the Offered Shares. The Offered Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully
2
paid and nonassessable, and the issuance of such Offered Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(f) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been duly waived.
(g) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, operations or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change is called a " Material Adverse Change "); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, any of its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock or, except in connection with the "cashless exercise" of stock options, repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.
(h) Independent Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, who have expressed their opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus, are (i) independent public or certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the " Exchange Act ") and (ii) in compliance with the applicable independence requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.
(i) Preparation of the Financial Statements. The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement. The financial data set forth in the Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus SummarySummary Selected Consolidated Financial Information," "Capitalization" and "Selected Consolidated Financial Information" fairly present in all material respects the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements contained in the Registration Statement. To the Company's knowledge, no person who has been suspended or barred from being associated with a registered public accounting firm, or who has failed to comply with any sanction pursuant to Rule 5300 promulgated by the PCAOB, has participated in or otherwise aided the preparation of, or audited, the financial statements, supporting schedules or other financial data filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus.
(j) Company's Accounting System. The Company makes and keeps accurate books and records and maintains a system of accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
3
authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
(k) Incorporation and Good Standing of the Company and Its Subsidiaries. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business in all material respects as existing as of the date hereof and, in the case of the Company, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, except where the failure to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. Each of the Company and each subsidiary is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity or ownership interest of each subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable and, except as set forth in the Prospectus, is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or adverse claim. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than (i) the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement and (ii) such other entities omitted from Exhibit 21.1 which, when such omitted entities are considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a "significant subsidiary" within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
(l) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans referred to in the Prospectus, upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants referred to in the Prospectus or upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock (as defined below) referred to in the Prospectus). The Shares (including the Offered Shares) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Shares and shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock, par value $.05 per share (the " Class B Common Stock ") have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and have been issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding Shares or shares of Class B Common Stock were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. As of the date hereof, there are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those referred to in the Prospectus.
(m) Stock Exchange Listing. The Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and are listed on the Nasdaq National Market, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act or delisting the Shares from the Nasdaq National Market, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the Nasdaq National Market is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.
(n) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or is in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (" Default ") under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, franchise, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound (including, without limitation, the Company's 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006
4
or the related indenture, the Company's 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006 or the related indenture, or the Company's Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 26, 2002, as amended (the " Revolving Credit Agreement ")), or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (each, an " Existing Instrument "), except for such Defaults as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change or which have been irrevocably waived. The Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Prospectus (including the substantially concurrent exchange offer described therein, any redemption of debentures described therein and the amendment of the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement) and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Prospectus (including the substantially concurrent exchange offer described therein, any redemption of debentures described therein and the amendment of the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement), except such as have been obtained or made by the Company and are in full force and effect under the Securities Act, applicable state or foreign securities or blue sky laws and from the NASD. As used herein, a " Debt Repayment Triggering Event " means any event or condition which gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(o) No Material Actions or Proceedings. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge ( provided that, in the case of clause (ii), all such actions, suits or proceedings must be actually known to senior management of the Company, which, for this purpose, shall consist of Edward J. Richardson, Bruce W. Johnson, Dario Sacomani and William G. Seils), threatened (i) against or affecting the Company or any of its properties or subsidiaries, (ii) which have as the subject thereof any executive officer or director of the Company or (iii) relating to environmental or discrimination matters, where in any such case (A) there is a reasonable possibility that such action, suit or proceeding would be determined adversely to the Company, such subsidiary, such officer or such director, or with respect to such property, and if so determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) any such action, suit or proceeding is or would be material in the context of the sale of the Offered Shares. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, no material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is threatened or imminent.
(p) Intellectual Property Rights. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, " Intellectual Property Rights ") reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as now conducted; and the expected expiration of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a Material Adverse Change. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received, or has any reason to believe that it will receive, any notice of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others, except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material
5
Adverse Change. The Company is not a party to or bound by any material options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Prospectus and are not described therein. None of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company's knowledge, any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change.
(q) All Necessary Permits, etc. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and each subsidiary possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received, or has any reason to believe that it will receive, any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, could result in a Material Adverse Change.
(r) Title to Properties. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of the real and personal property and other assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(i) above (or elsewhere in the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interests, mortgages, liens, encumbrances, equities, adverse claims and other defects, except as identified in the Prospectus or such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company or such subsidiary. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company or any subsidiary are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company or such subsidiary.
(s) Tax Law Compliance. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns or have properly requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them except as may be being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(i) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined.
(t) Company Not an "Investment Company." The Company has been advised of the rules and requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the " Investment Company Act "). The Company is not, and after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of Investment Company Act and will conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act.
(u) Insurance. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by recognized, financially sound and reputable institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are generally deemed adequate and customary for their businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and, except for its California sales office, earthquakes. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any subsidiary will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result
6
in a Material Adverse Change. Within the previous twelve months, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
(v) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and has taken no action which would directly or indirectly violate Regulation M under the 1934 Act (" Regulation M "). The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the Offered Shares on the Nasdaq National Market in accordance with Regulation M.
(w) Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any subsidiary or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus which have not been described as required.
(x) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus or except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best of the Company's knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.
(y) Disclosure Controls and Procedures; Deficiencies in or Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), which (i) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company's principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared; (ii) have been evaluated for effectiveness as of a date within 90 days prior to the earlier of the date that the Company filed its most recent annual or quarterly report with the Commission and the date of the Prospectus; and (iii) are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established. Based on the most recent evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures, the Company is not aware of (i) any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. The Company is not aware of any change in its internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
(z) Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, " Hazardous Materials ") or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, " Environmental Laws "), (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements,
7
(iii) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (iv) there are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(aa) ERISA Compliance. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus and except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, the Company and its subsidiaries and any " employee benefit plan " (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, " ERISA ")) established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or their " ERISA Affiliates " (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. " ERISA Affiliate " means, with respect to the Company or a subsidiary, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the " Code ") of which the Company or such subsidiary is a member. Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, no " reportable event " (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any " employee benefit plan " established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates. No " employee benefit plan " established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, if such " employee benefit plan " were terminated, would have any material " amount of unfunded benefit liabilities " (as defined under ERISA). Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change, neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor any of their ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any " employee benefit plan " or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each " employee benefit plan " established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.
(bb) Brokers. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company any brokerage or finder's fee or other fee or commission as a result of any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(cc) No Outstanding Loans or Other Extensions of Credit. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) of the Company except for such extensions of credit as are (i) expressly permitted by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act or (ii) fully repaid, discharged, forgiven or otherwise no longer outstanding or owing in any way on the date of this Agreement.
(dd) Compliance with Laws. The Company has not been advised, and has no reason to believe, that it and each of its subsidiaries are not conducting business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, except where failure to be so in compliance would not result in a Material Adverse Change.
The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 5 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.
8
Section 2. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Offered Shares.
(a) The Firm Shares. The Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters the Firm Shares upon the terms herein set forth. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their names on Schedule A . The purchase price per Firm Share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company shall be $[ ] per share.
(b) The First Closing Date. Delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and payment therefor shall be made at the offices of Jefferies, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York (or such other place as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) at 9:00 a.m. New York time, on [ ], 2004 or such other time and date not later than 1:30 p.m. New York time, on [ ], 2004(1) as the Representatives shall designate by notice to the Company (the time and date of such closing are called the " First Closing Date ").
(c) The Optional Shares; Option Closing Date. In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and upon the terms but subject to the conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of 450,000 Optional Shares from the Company at the purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters for the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder is for use by the Underwriters solely in covering any over-allotments in connection with the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any time and from time to time in whole or in part upon notice by the Representatives to the Company which notice may be given at any time within 30 days from the date of this Agreement; provided , however, that there shall be a maximum of two Option Closing Dates (as defined below). Such notice shall set forth (i) the aggregate number of Optional Shares as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option, (ii) the names and denominations in which the certificates for the Optional Shares are to be registered and (iii) the time, date and place at which such certificates will be delivered (which time and date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the First Closing Date; and in such case the term " First Closing Date " shall refer to the time and date of delivery of certificates for the Firm Shares and such Optional Shares). Such time and date of delivery, if subsequent to the First Closing Date, is called an " Option Closing Date " and shall be determined by the Representatives and shall not be earlier than three nor later than five full business days after delivery of such notice of exercise. If any Optional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Optional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Optional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth on Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares. The Representatives may cancel the option at any time prior to its expiration by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.
9
(d) Public Offering of the Offered Shares. The Representatives hereby advise the Company that the Underwriters intend to offer for sale to the public, initially on the terms set forth in the Prospectus, their respective portions of the Offered Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and the Registration Statement has been declared effective as the Representatives, in its sole judgment, has determined is advisable and practicable.
(e) Payment for the Offered Shares. Payment for the Offered Shares shall be made at the First Closing Date (and, if applicable, at each Option Closing Date) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company.
It is understood that the Representatives have been authorized, for their own accounts and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. Jefferies, individually and not as a Representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Offered Shares to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representatives by the First Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.
(f) Delivery of the Offered Shares. The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters certificates for the Firm Shares at the First Closing Date, against receipt of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The Company shall also deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, certificates for the Optional Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase at the First Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, against receipt of immediately available funds for the amount of the purchase price therefor. The certificates for the Offered Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and denominations as the Representatives shall have requested at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) and shall be made available for inspection on the business day preceding the First Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) at a location in New York City as the Representatives may designate. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters.
(g) Delivery of Prospectus to the Underwriters. Not later than 12:00 p.m. on the second business day following the date the Offered Shares are first released by the Underwriters for sale to the public, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered, copies of the Prospectus in such quantities and at such places as the Representatives shall request.
Section 3. Additional Covenants of the Company.
The Company further covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:
(a) Representatives' Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the First Closing Date or such date, as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer (the " Prospectus Delivery Period "), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement (including any registration statement filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representatives for review a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Representatives' consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(b) Securities Act Compliance. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Representatives in writing (i) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional
10
or supplemental information from, the Commission, (ii) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, (iii) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Shares from any securities exchange upon which it is listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A and 434, as applicable, under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under such Rule 424(b) were received in a timely manner by the Commission.
(c) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if in the reasonable opinion of the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company agrees to promptly prepare (subject to Section (a) hereof), file with the Commission and furnish at its own expense to the Underwriters and to dealers, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law. Neither the Representatives' consent to, or delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the Company's obligations under this Section 3(c).
(d) Copies of Any Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus. The Company agrees to furnish the Representatives, without charge, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, as many copies of the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(e) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters to qualify or register the Offered Shares for sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the state or provincial securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States or Canada designated by the Representatives, or such other jurisdictions as the Company and the Representatives shall mutually agree, shall comply with such laws and shall continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Offered Shares. The Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not presently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign corporation. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Shares for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.
(f) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Shares sold by it in the manner described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.
11
(g) Transfer Agent. The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Shares.
(h) Earnings Statement. As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the twelve-month period ending [ ], 2005 that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
(i) Periodic Reporting Obligations. During the Prospectus Delivery Period the Company shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission and the Nasdaq National Market all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act.
(j) Listing. The Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the inclusion and quotation of the Offered Shares on the Nasdaq National Market and to maintain the inclusion and quotation of the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market for a period of at least twelve months following the First Closing Date.
(k) Agreement Not to Offer or Sell Additional Shares. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the 90th day following the date of the Prospectus (the " Lock-up Period "), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Jefferies (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of Jefferies), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer or establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any Shares, options or warrants to acquire Shares or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares (other than as contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offered Shares); provided, however, that the Company may (i) file registration statements on Form S-8, (ii) file a registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-113569) and any amendments thereto and conduct the exchange offer contemplated thereby or (iii) issue Shares or options to purchase its Shares, or Shares upon exercise of options, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement referred to in the Prospectus, but only if such Shares, options, or Shares issued upon exercise of such options are issued to current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company consistent with the Company's past practices.
(l) Future Reports to the Representatives. During the period of five years hereafter the Company will furnish to the Representatives at 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022; Attention: General Counsel: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company's independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other report filed by the Company with the Commission, the NASD or any securities exchange; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company mailed generally to holders of its capital stock; except in each case such documents as are filed pursuant to and are publicly available on EDGAR.
(m) Investment Limitation. The Company shall not invest, or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from its sale of the Offered Shares in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.
(n) No Stabilization or Manipulation; Compliance with Regulation M. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares or any other reference security, whether to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Shares or otherwise, and the Company will, and shall use
12
reasonable efforts to cause each of its affiliates to, comply with all applicable provisions of Regulation M. If the limitations of Rule 102 of Regulation M (" Rule 102 ") do not apply with respect to the Offered Shares pursuant to any exception set forth in Section (d) of Rule 102, then promptly upon notice from the Representatives (or, if later, at the time stated in the notice), the Company will, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause each of its affiliates to, comply with Rule 102 as though such exception were not available but the other provisions of Rule 102 (as interpreted by the Commission) did apply.
Jefferies, on behalf of the several Underwriters, may, in its sole discretion, waive in writing the performance by the Company of any one or more of the foregoing covenants or extend the time for their performance.
Section 4. Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to the issuance and delivery of the Offered Shares (including all printing and engraving costs), (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Shares, (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares to the Underwriters, (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company's counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors, (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement, (vi) all filing fees, attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Shares for offer and sale under any securities or blue sky laws (as contemplated by Section 3(e)), and, if requested by the Representatives, preparing and printing a " Blue Sky Survey " or memorandum, and any supplements thereto, advising the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations, determinations and exemptions, (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, the NASD's review and approval of the Underwriters' participation in the offering and distribution of the Offered Shares, (viii) the fees and expenses associated with including the Offered Shares on the Nasdaq National Market and (ix) the fees and expenses associated with any "road show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Offered Shares, excluding the travel and lodging expenses of the Underwriters; provided that the Company agrees to pay 2 / 3 of the cost (and the Underwriters agree to pay 1 / 3 of the cost) of any aircraft chartered in connection with the roadshow; and provided further that the reimbursement of all expenses pursuant to clauses (vi) and (vii) of this Section 4 shall not exceed $20,000. Except as provided in this Section 4 and Sections 6 and 8 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay their own expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.
Section 5. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Offered Shares as provided herein on the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the First Closing Date as though then made and, with respect to the Optional Shares, as of each Option Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:
(a) Accountants' Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Representatives shall have received from each of Ernst & Young LLP and KPMG LLP, independent public or certified public accountants for the Company, (i) a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type
13
ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and the Representatives shall have received one additional conformed copy of such accountants' letter for each of the several Underwriters), and (ii) confirming that they are (A) independent public or certified public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (B) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.
(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from NASD; Nasdaq Listing. For the period from and after effectiveness of this Agreement and prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date:
(i) the Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective; or, if the Company elected to rely upon Rule 434 under the Securities Act and obtained the Representatives' consent thereto, the Company shall have filed a Term Sheet with the Commission in the manner and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b);
(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission;
(iii) the NASD shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements; and
(iv) the Company shall have timely delivered to the Nasdaq National Market a "Notification Form: Listing of Additional Shares" and all required supporting documentation such that all conditions precedent to the inclusion of the Offered Shares in the Nasdaq National Market shall have occurred.
(c) No Material Adverse Change. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, each Option Closing Date, in the judgment of the Representatives there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change.
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinions of (i) Bryan Cave LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, the form of which is attached as Exhibit A-1 and (ii) William G. Seils, Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, the form of which is attached as Exhibit A-2 (and the Representatives shall have received one additional conformed copy of each such counsel's legal opinion for each of the several Underwriters).
(e) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received the opinion of King & Spalding LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, dated as of such Closing Date.
(f) Officers' Certificate. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting
14
Officer of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect set forth in subsections (b)(ii) of this Section 5, and further to the effect that:
(i) for the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to such Closing Date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Change;
(ii) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality are true and correct (and the representations, warranties, and covenants of the Company set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement that are not so qualified are true and correct in all material respects) with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of such Closing Date; and
(iii) the Company has complied with all the agreements and covenants hereunder that are qualified as to materiality (and has complied in all material respects with any such agreements and covenants not so qualified) and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder that are qualified as to materiality (and has satisfied in all material respects all such conditions not so qualified) at or prior to such Closing Date.
(g) Bring-down Comfort Letter. On each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP and KPMG LLP, independent public or certified public accountants for the Company, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be (and the Representatives shall have received one additional conformed copy of such accountants' letter for each of the several Underwriters).
(h) Lock-Up Agreement from Certain Securityholders of the Company. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives an agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto from each director and executive officer of the Company, and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect on each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date.
(i) Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment to the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement, in the form previously delivered to the Representatives, shall be in full force and effect.
(j) Additional Documents.
On or before each of the First Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.
If any condition specified in this Section 5 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the First Closing Date and, with respect to the Optional Shares, at any time prior to the applicable Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4, Section 6, Section 8 and Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 6. Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Sections 5 or 10 (iv) or (v) or by the Company pursuant to Section 7 or if the sale to the Underwriters of the Offered Shares on the First Closing Date is not consummated
15
because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof, the Company agrees to reimburse the Representatives and the other Underwriters (or such Underwriters as have terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves), severally, upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Representatives and the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and the offering and sale of the Offered Shares, including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges.
Section 7. Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not become effective until the later of (i) the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and (ii) notification by the Commission to the Company and the Representatives of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act. Prior to such effectiveness, this Agreement may be terminated by any party by notice to each of the other parties hereto, and any such termination shall be without liability on the part (a) of the Company to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Sections 4 and 6 hereof if this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to this Section 7, (b) of any Underwriter to the Company, or (c) of any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section 8 and Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 8. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company in accordance with Section 8(d)), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based (i) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, including any information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 434 under the Securities Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to reimburse each Underwriter and each such controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Jefferies) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Representatives to the Company consists of the information described in subsection (b) below; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Underwriter or any person who controls such Underwriter on account of any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arising out of any such defect or alleged defect in any preliminary prospectus if a copy of the Prospectus, as amended or
16
supplemented, shall not have been given or sent by such Underwriter with or prior to the written confirmation of the sale involved to the extent that (i) the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, would have cured the defect or alleged defect and (ii) sufficient quantities of the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, were made available to such Underwriter to allow it to deliver such Prospectus on a timely basis. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.
(b) Indemnification of the Company, Its Directors and Its Officers. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter in accordance with Section 8(d)), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based (i) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, including any information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 434 under the Securities Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and to reimburse the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Company) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by the Company, or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement of any Underwriter shall only apply to a loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Company hereby acknowledges that the only information that the Underwriters have furnished to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) are the statements set forth (A) as the last sentence of the second paragraph below the table on the front cover of the Prospectus, (B) as the first sentence of the second paragraph below the table under the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus and (C) as the third paragraph (including the bullet points listed therein) and the fourth paragraph under the caption "UnderwritingStabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids" and the paragraph under the caption "UnderwritingPassive Market Making" in the Prospectus concerning stabilization and passive market making, respectively, by the Underwriters. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.
(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8 or to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a proximate result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against
17
any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party within ten business days after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party's election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, which notice shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel), approved by the indemnifying party, representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party.
(d) Settlements. The indemnifying party under this Section 8 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by Section 8(c) hereof, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request together with reasonably satisfactory supporting documentation, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such settlement is otherwise subject to indemnification under Section 8(a) or 8(b) hereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding.
(e) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
18
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Offered Shares pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the front cover page of the Prospectus (or, if Rule 434 under the Securities Act is used, the corresponding location on the Term Sheet) bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Offered Shares as set forth on such cover. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8(c), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 8(c) with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 8(e); provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 8(c) for purposes of indemnification.
The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(e).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offered Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(e) are several, and not joint, in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments as set forth opposite their names in Schedule A . For purposes of this Section 8(e), each officer and employee of an Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company with the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
Section 9. Default of One or More of the Several Underwriters. If, on the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the several Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of the Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their
19
respective names on Schedule A bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as may be specified by the Representatives with the consent of the non-defaulting Underwriters, to purchase the Offered Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date. If, on the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Offered Shares and the aggregate number of Offered Shares with respect to which such default occurs exceeds 10% of the aggregate number of Offered Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Offered Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Sections 4, 8 and this Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination and subject to the last sentence of this Section 9. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days in order that the required changes, if any, to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
As used in this Agreement, the term " Underwriter " shall be deemed to include any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter under this Section 9. Any action taken under this Section 9 shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
Section 10. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the First Closing Date this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to the Company if at any time (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company's securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by the Nasdaq National Market, or trading in securities generally on either the Nasdaq Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on any of such stock exchanges by the Commission or the NASD; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any of federal, New York, Delaware or California authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States' or international political, financial or economic conditions, as in the judgment of the Representatives is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Shares in the manner and on the terms described in the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; (iv) in the judgment of the Representatives there shall have occurred any Material Adverse Change; or (v) the Company shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Representatives may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured. Any termination pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any Underwriter, except that the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the expenses of the Representatives and the Underwriters pursuant to Sections 4 and 6 hereof if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause (iv) or (v) above, (b) any Underwriter to the Company, or (c) of any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
Section 11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and will
20
survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Shares sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.
Section 12. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or telecopied and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:
If to the Representatives:
Jefferies &
Company, Inc.
520 Madison Avenue, 8
th
Floor
New York, New York 10022
Facsimile: (212) 284-2280
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:
King &
Spalding LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Facsimile: (212) 556-2222
Attention: Alexander G. Simpson
If to the Company:
Richardson
Electronics, Ltd.
40 W267 Keslinger Road
P.O. Box 393
LaFox, Illinois 60147-0393
Facsimile: (630) 208-2950
Attention: Legal Department
with a copy to:
Bryan
Cave LLP
161 North Clark Street
Suite 1200
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Facsimile: (312) 602-5050
Attention: Scott Hodes
and to:
Bryan
Cave LLP
One Metropolitan Square
211 North Broadway
Suite 3600
St. Louis, Missouri 63102-2750
Facsimile: (314) 259-2020
Attention: R. Randall Wang
Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.
Section 13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, including any substitute Underwriters pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and to the benefit of the employees, officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term
21
" successors " shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Shares as such from any of the Underwriters merely by reason of such purchase.
Section 14. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
Section 15. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (" Related Proceedings ") may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the " Specified Courts "), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a " Related Judgment "), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party's address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 16. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Table of Contents and the Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification and contribution provisions of Section 8 and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 8 fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements thereto), as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
22
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
||
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
Name: Title: |
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representatives in New York, New York as of the date first above written.
JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC. WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C. KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS Acting as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in the attached Schedule A. |
|
|
|
By |
JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC. |
|
|
By: |
Name: Title: |
|
|
By |
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C. |
|
|
By: |
Name: Title: |
|
|
By KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, a division of McDonald Investments Inc. |
|
|
|
By: |
Name: Title: |
|
|
23
Underwriters
|
Number of
Firm Shares to be Purchased |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Jefferies & Company, Inc. | [ | ] | ||
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. | [ | ] | ||
KeyBanc Capital Markets | [ | ] | ||
|
||||
Total | 3,000,000 |
Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(d) of the Underwriting Agreement.
References to the Prospectus in this Exhibit A-1 include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.
(i) The Company has full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its material properties and to conduct its business in all material respects as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement.
(ii) Based solely on certificates from public officials, the Company is validly existing as a corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified or admitted to transact business in the following States: , , and .
(iii) No stockholder of the Company or any other person has any preemptive right, right of first refusal or other similar right to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company arising by operation of the charter or by-laws of the Company or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(iv) The execution and delivery by the Company of the Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.
(v) The Offered Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(vi) We have been advised that the Registration Statement (and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any) has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act. Based solely upon an oral acknowledgement by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of either the Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued under the Securities Act and, to our knowledge, no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated or threatened by the Commission. Any required filing of the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act has been made in the manner and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b).
(vii) The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of their respective effective or issue dates (other than the financial statements and the notes and schedules thereto and other financial, statistical or accounting data included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which we render no opinion) complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act.
(viii) The statements in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Our Capital Stock" insofar as such statements purport to describe certain provisions of the agreements, statutes, regulations or the subject legal proceedings referred to therein, are accurate descriptions or summaries in all material respects (other than the financial, statistical or accounting data included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which we render no opinion).
(ix) The execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder (other than performance by the Company of its obligations under the indemnification and contribution section of the Underwriting
A-1-1
Agreement, as to which we render no opinion) and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company; (ii) will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement that is organized within the United States and that would be a "significant subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X; (iii) will not constitute a breach of, or Default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (A) the Company's 7 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures due December 15, 2006 or the related indenture, the Company's 8 1 / 4 % Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2006 or the related indenture, or the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2003, as amended, or (B) to our knowledge, any other material Existing Instrument filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; (iv) will not result in any violation of any federal, Delaware corporation, Illinois or New York law or, to our knowledge, any federal, Delaware corporation, Illinois or New York administrative regulation or administrative or court decree, reasonably recognized by us, in our experience, as applicable to the Company, resulting in a Material Adverse Change; or (v) will not require any consents, approvals or authorizations to be obtained by the Company, or any registrations, declarations or filings to be made by the Company (except such as may be required by the NASD or the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Shares), in each case, under any federal, Delaware corporation, Illinois or New York statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company that have not been obtained or made.
(x) The Company is not, and after receipt of payment for the Offered Shares and application of the proceeds therefrom as set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus, will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.
During the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, we have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent accountants for the Company and you and your representatives and counsel, at which conferences the contents of the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and related matters were discussed, reviewed and revised. Although we are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such contents, and have not made any independent investigation thereof, on the basis of the information which was developed in the course thereof, considered in light of our understanding of applicable law and the experience we have gained through our practice thereunder, this is to advise you that (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinion (viii)) nothing has come to our attention which causes us to believe that, at the time the Registration Statement became effective, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as of its date (except as to financial statements and related notes, financial, statistical and accounting data and supporting schedules included therein or omitted therefrom or the exhibits to the Registration Statement, as to which we express no belief), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein (and with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading, or at the date hereof, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (except as aforesaid) contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (and with respect to the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
A-1-2
In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the laws of the State of Illinois, the laws of the State of New York or the federal law of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion (which shall be dated the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters, shall expressly state that the Underwriters may rely on such opinion as if it were addressed to them and shall be furnished to the Representatives) of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters; provided , however , that such counsel shall further state that they believe that they and the Underwriters are justified in relying upon such opinion of other counsel, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials.
A-1-3
Opinion of William G. Seils to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(d) of the Underwriting Agreement.
References to the Prospectus in this Exhibit A-2 include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.
(i) No stockholder of the Company or any other person has any preemptive right, right of first refusal or other similar right to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company arising (i) by operation of the charter or by-laws of the Company or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (ii) to the best of my knowledge, otherwise.
(ii) Each subsidiary of the Company is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, duly incorporated or organized under the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization, with power and authority (corporate or other) to own, lease and operate its material properties and to conduct its business in all material respects as described in the Prospectus. Based solely on certificates from public officials, each subsidiary of the Company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization.
(iii) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of each subsidiary listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, based upon a review on [date], 2004, of certificates representing outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of, and stock, ownership or other equity transfer records for, such subsidiaries, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of such subsidiaries were owned of record on that date by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries.
(iv) The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company conform to the descriptions thereof set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Our Capital Stock." All of the outstanding Shares and shares of Class B Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable. The form of certificate used to evidence the Shares is in due and proper form and complies with all applicable requirements of the charter and by-laws of the Company and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
(v) The statements in the Prospectus under the caption "Our BusinessLegal Proceedings," insofar as such statements purport to describe certain provisions of the agreements, statutes, regulations or the subject legal proceedings referred to therein, are accurate descriptions or summaries in all material respects.
(vi) To my knowledge, there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened which are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, other than those disclosed therein.
(vii) To my knowledge, there are no Existing Instruments required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described or referred to therein or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto; and the descriptions thereof and references thereto are accurate in all material respects.
(viii) The execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder and the issuance and sale of the Offered Shares will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of any subsidiary listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement that is located outside of the United States and that would be a "significant subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
A-2-1
During the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, I have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent accountants for the Company and you and your representatives and counsel, at which conferences the contents of the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and related matters were discussed, reviewed and revised. Although I am not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such contents, and have not made any independent investigation thereof, on the basis of the information which was developed in the course thereof, considered in light of my understanding of applicable law and the experience I have gained through my practice thereunder, this is to advise you that (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinion (v)) nothing has come to my attention which causes me to believe that, at the time the Registration Statement became effective, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as of its date (except as to financial statements and related notes, financial, statistical and accounting data and supporting schedules included therein or omitted therefrom or the exhibits to the Registration Statement, as to which I express no belief), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein (and with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading, or at the date hereof, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (except as aforesaid) contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (and with respect to the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the laws of the State of Illinois or the federal law of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion (which shall be dated the First Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters, shall expressly state that the Underwriters may rely on such opinion as if it were addressed to them and shall be furnished to the Representatives) of other counsel of good standing whom he believes to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters; provided , however, that such counsel shall further state that he believes that he and the Underwriters are justified in relying upon such opinion of other counsel, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent he deems proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials.
A-2-2
, 2004
Jefferies &
Company, Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
McDonald Investments Inc.
As Representatives of the Several Underwriters
c/o Jefferies & Company, Inc.
520 Madison Avenue, 12
th
floor
New York, New York 10022
RE: Richardson Electronics, Ltd. (the " Company ")
Ladies & Gentlemen:
The undersigned is an owner of record or beneficially of certain Shares of common stock and/or Class B common stock the Company (" Shares ") or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares. The Company proposes to carry out a public offering of shares of its common stock (the " Offering ") for which you will act as the representatives of the underwriters. The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will be of benefit to the undersigned and will benefit the Company. The undersigned acknowledges that you and the other underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the undersigned contained in this letter in carrying out the Offering and in entering into underwriting arrangements with the Company with respect to the Offering.
In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby agrees that the undersigned will not (and will cause any spouse or immediate family member of the spouse or the undersigned living in the undersigned's household not to), without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc. (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open "put equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise dispose of any Shares, options or warrants to acquire Shares, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Shares (collectively, " Relevant Securities ") currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) by the undersigned (or such spouse or family member), or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period commencing on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date 90 days after the date of the Prospectus. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares held by the undersigned except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:
(a) (i) transfer Relevant Securities by bona fide gift (including a contribution to a trust or family partnership), will or intestate succession and (ii) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the undersigned may make a general distribution of Relevant Securities to its partners, members or shareholders, provided as to both (i) and (ii) above, each resulting transferee of Relevant Securities executes and delivers to you an agreement satisfactory to you certifying that such transferee is bound by the terms of this Agreement and has been in compliance with the terms hereof since the date first above written as if it had been an original party hereto; or
(b) exercise any options to purchase Shares, provided that, if such options are exercised for Shares, such Shares issued upon exercise shall remain subject to this Agreement;
B-1
(c) surrender any Shares to the Company in payment of the exercise price of any options to purchase Shares, and/or have any Shares issuable upon such exercise withheld in respect of tax obligations;
(d) tender and exchange any 7 1 / 4 % Subordinated Convertible Debentures due 2006 or 8 1 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Convertible Debentures due 2006 (together, the " Debentures ") in the exchange offer described in the registration statement on Form S-4; or
(e) have any Debentures redeemed by the Company.
It is understood that, if the Company notifies you that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, if the Underwriting Agreement relating to the Offering does not become effective by June 30, 2004, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares, the undersigned will be released from the obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement shall be void and without effect.
B-2
With respect to the Offering only, the undersigned waives any registration rights relating to registration under the Securities Act of any Shares owned either of record or beneficially by the undersigned, including any rights to receive notice of the Offering.
This agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the undersigned.
Printed Name of Holder |
|||
By: |
Signature |
|
|
Printed Name of Person Signing |
|
|
|
(and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity) |
|
|
B-3
EMPLOYMENT, NONDISCLOSURE AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT, NONDISCLOSURE AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") made and entered into as of this 1st day of June 2004 by and between RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD. , a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 40W267 Keslinger Road, P.O. Box 393, LaFox, IL 60147-0393 (the "Employer"), and GEORGE SOLAS , an individual whose current residence address is 22 Winterberry Lane, Rehoboth, MA 02769 ("Employee").
WHEREAS, the Employer desires to employ Employee as its Vice President and General Manager, Display Products Group upon the terms and conditions stated herein; and
WHEREAS, Employee desires to be so employed by the Employer at the salary and benefits provided for herein; and
WHEREAS, Employee acknowledges and understands that during the course of his employment, Employee has and will become familiar with certain confidential information of the Employer which provides Employer with a competitive advantage in the marketplace in which it competes, is exceptionally valuable to the Employer, and is vital to the success of the Employer's business; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and Employee desire to protect such confidential information from disclosure to third parties or its use to the detriment of the Employer; and
WHEREAS, the Employee acknowledges that the likelihood of disclosure of such confidential information would be substantially reduced, and that legitimate business interests of the Employer would be protected, if Employee refrains from competing with the Employer and from soliciting its customers and employees during and following the term of the Agreement, and Employee is willing to covenant that he will refrain from such actions.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
NATURE AND TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
1.01 Employment. The Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee and Employee hereby accepts employment as the Employer's Vice President and General Manager, Display Products Group.
1.02 Term of Employment. Employee's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on June 1, 2004 or sooner as the parties may agree and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the term of such employment (the "Employment Term") shall continue indefinitely on an "at will" basis.
1.03 Duties. Employee shall perform such managerial duties and responsibilities in connection with the Company's Display Products Group or its successor and such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned by the President/COO, or such other person as the Employer may designate from time to time and Employee will adhere to the policies and procedures of the Employer, including, without limitation, its Code of Conduct, and will follow the supervision and direction of Employer's President/COO or such other person as the Employer may designate from time to time in the performance of such duties and responsibilities. Employee agrees to devote his full working time, attention and energies to the diligent and satisfactory performance of his duties hereunder and to
1
developing and improving the business and best interests of the Company. Employee will use all reasonable efforts to promote and protect the good name of the Company and will comply with all of his obligations, undertakings, promises, covenants and agreements as set forth in this Agreement. Employee will not, during the Employment Term or during any period during which Employee is receiving payments pursuant to Article 2 and/or Section 5.04, engage in any activity which would have, or reasonably be expected to have, an adverse affect on the Employer's reputation, goodwill or business relationships or which would result, or reasonably be expected to result, in economic harm to the Employer.
ARTICLE TWO
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
For all services to be rendered by Employee in any capacity hereunder (including as an officer, director, committee member or otherwise of the Employer or any parent or subsidiary thereof or any division of any thereof) on behalf of the Employer, the Employer agrees to pay Employee so long as he is employed hereunder, and the Employee agrees to accept, the compensation set forth below.
2.01 Base Salary. During the term of Employee's employment hereunder, the Employer shall pay to Employee an annual base salary ("Base Salary") at the rate of One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($175,000.00), payable in installments as are customary under the Employer's payroll practices from time to time. The Employer at its sole discretion may, but is not required to, review and adjust the Employee's Base Salary from year to year; provided, however, that, except as may be expressly consented otherwise in writing by Employee, Employer may not decrease Employee's Base Salary. No additional compensation shall be payable to Employee by reason of the number of hours worked or by reason of hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or otherwise.
2.02 Incentive Plan. During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall be a participant in the SBU Incentive Plan, as modified from time to time (the "Annual Incentive Plan") and paid a bonus ("Bonus") pursuant thereto. The Employee's "target bonus percentage" for purposes of the Annual Incentive Plan shall be fifty percent (50%). Except as provided otherwise in this section 2.02, such Bonus shall be determined and paid strictly in accordance with the Annual Incentive Plan as modified or reduced by Employer at its discretion, and for any partial fiscal year the Bonus shall be computed and paid only for the portion of the fiscal year Employee is employed hereunder. For the fiscal year ending May 31, 2005 Employee shall be paid a Bonus of no less than $87,500.
2.03 Auto Allowance. During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall be paid an auto allowance in accordance with Employer's auto allowance plan for SBU managers as modified from time to time.
2.04 Initial Stock Award and Option. On the commencement date of Employee's employment under this agreement he will be granted a Stock Option under Employer's Incentive Compensation Plan for 25,000 shares that will vest in five equal annual installments over five years beginning one year from the grant date.
2.05 Other Benefits. Employer will provide Employee such benefits (other than bonus, auto allowance, severance and cash incentive compensation benefits) as are generally provided by the Employer to its other employees, including but not limited to, health/major medical insurance, dental insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, sick days and other employee benefits (collectively "Other Benefits"), all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Other Benefits Plans as in effect from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Employer to maintain any benefit plan, nor prohibit the Employer from modifying any such plan as it sees fit from time to time. It is only intended that Employee shall be entitled to participate in any such plan offered for which he may
2
qualify under the terms of any such plan as it may from time to time exist, in accordance with the terms thereof.
2.06 Disability. Any compensation Employee receives under any disability benefit plan provided by Employer during any period of disability, injury or illness shall be in lieu of the compensation which Employee would otherwise receive under Article Two during such period of disability, injury or sickness.
2.07 Withholding. All salary, bonus and other payments described in this Agreement shall be subject to withholding for federal, state or local taxes, amounts withheld under applicable benefit policies or programs, and any other amounts that may be required to be withheld by law, judicial order or otherwise.
ARTICLE THREE
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
RECORDS AND
REPUTATION
3.01 Definition of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean all of the following materials and information (whether or not reduced to writing and whether or not patentable) to which Employee receives or has received access or develops or has developed in whole or in part as a direct or indirect result of his employment with Employer or through the use of any of Employer's facilities or resources:
The Confidential Information shall not include any materials or information of the types specified above to the extent that such materials or information are publicly known or generally utilized by others engaged in the same business or activities in the course of which Employer utilized, developed or otherwise acquired such information or materials and which Employee has gathered or obtained (other than on behalf of the Employer) after termination of his employment with the Employer from such other public sources by his own expenditure of significant time, effort and money after termination of his employment with the Employer. Failure to mark any of the Confidential Information as confidential shall not affect its status as part of the Confidential Information under the terms of this Agreement.
3.02 Ownership of Confidential Information. Employee agrees that the Confidential Information is and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees immediately to disclose to Employer all Confidential Information developed in whole or part by him
3
during the term of his employment with Employer and to assign to Employer any right, title or interest he may have in such Confidential Information.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, every invention, improvement, product, process, apparatus, or design which Employee may take, make, devise or conceive, individually or jointly with others, during the period of his employment by the Employer, whether during business hours or otherwise, which relates in any manner to the business of the Employer either now or at any time during the period of his employment), or which may be related to the Employer in connection with its business (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Invention") shall belong to and be the exclusive property of the Employer and Employee will make full and prompt disclosure to the Employer of every Invention. Employee will assign to the Employer, or its nominee, every Invention and Employee will execute all assignments and other instruments or documents and do all other things necessary and proper to confirm the Employer's right and title in and to every Invention; and Employee will perform all proper acts within his power necessary or desired by the Employer to obtain letters patent in the name of the Employer (at the Employer's expense) for every Invention in whatever countries the Employer may desire, without payment by the Employer to Employee of any royalty, license fee, price or additional compensation.
3.03. Non Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except as required in the faithful performance of Employee's duties hereunder (or as required by law), during the term of his employment with Employer and for a period after the termination of such employment until the Confidential Information no longer meets the definition set forth above of Confidential Information with respect to Employee, Employee agrees not to directly or indirectly reveal, report, publish, disseminate, disclose or transfer any of the Confidential Information to any person or entity, or utilize for himself or any other person or entity any of the Confidential Information for any purpose (including, without limitation, in the solicitation of existing Employer customers or suppliers), except in the course of performing duties assigned to him by Employer. Employee further agrees to use his best endeavors to prevent the use for himself or others, or dissemination, publication, revealing, reporting or disclosure of, any Confidential Information.
3.04 Protection of Reputation. Employee agrees that he will at no time, either during his employment with the Employer or at any time after termination of such employment, engage in conduct which injures, harms, corrupts, demeans, defames, disparages, libels, slanders, destroys or diminishes in any way the reputation or goodwill of the Employer, its subsidiaries, or their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, or agents, or the services provided by the Employer or the products sold by the Employer, or its other properties or assets, including, without limitation, its computer systems hardware and software and its data or the integrity and accuracy thereof.
3.05 Records and Use of Employer Facilities. All notes, data, reference materials, memoranda and records, including, without limitation, data on the Employer's computer system, computer reports, products, customers and suppliers lists and copies of invoices, in any way relating to any of the Confidential Information or Employer's business (in whatever form existing, including, without limit, electronic) shall belong exclusively to Employer, and Employee agrees to maintain them in a manner so as to secure their confidentiality and to turn over to Employer all copies of such materials (in whole or in part) in his possession or control at the request of Employer or, in the absence of such a request, upon the termination of Employee's employment with Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment with Employer, Employee shall immediately refrain from seeking access to Employer's (a) telephonic voice mail, E-mail or message systems, (b) computer system and (c) computer data bases and software. The foregoing shall not prohibit Employee from using Employer's public Internet (not intranet) site.
4
ARTICLE FOUR
NON-COMPETE AND NON-SOLICITATION COVENANTS
4.01 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. Employee acknowledges that it may be very difficult for him to avoid using or disclosing the Confidential Information in violation of Article Three above in the event that he is employed by any person or entity other than the Employer in a capacity similar or related to the capacity in which he is employed by the Employer. Accordingly, Employee agrees that he will not, during the term of employment with Employer and for a period of two (2) years after the termination of such employment, irrespective of the time, manner or cause of such termination, directly or indirectly (whether or not for compensation or profit):
4.02 Obligation Independent. Each obligation of each subparagraph and provision of Section 4.01 shall be independent of any obligation under any other subparagraph or provision hereof or thereof.
4.03 Public Stock. Nothing in Section 4.01, however, shall prohibit Employee from owning (directly or indirectly through a parent, spouse, child or other relative or person living in the same household with Employee or any of the foregoing), as a passive investment, up to 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of stock of any publicly traded company.
4.04 Business Limitation. If, at the termination of Employee's employment and for the entire period of twelve (12) months prior thereto his duties and responsibilities are limited by the Employer so that he is specifically assigned to, or responsible for, one or more divisions, subsidiaries or business units of the Employer, then subparagraphs (1) through (3) of Section 4.01 shall apply only to any business which competes with the business of such divisions, subsidiaries or business units.
5
4.05 Area Limitation If at the termination of Employee's employment and for the entire period of twelve (12) months prior thereto he or he has responsibility for only a designated geographic area, then subparagraphs (1) through (3) of Section 4.01 shall apply only within such area.
5.01 Termination of Employee for Cause. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment at any time for "cause." Prior to such termination, the Employer shall provide Employee with written notification of any and all allegations constituting "cause" and the Employee shall be given five (5) working days after receipt of such written notification to respond to those allegations in writing. Upon receipt of the Employee's response, the Employer shall meet with the Employee to discuss the allegations.
For purposes hereof, "cause" shall mean (i) an act or acts of personal dishonesty taken by the Employee and intended to result in personal enrichment of the Employee, (ii) material violations by the Employee of the Employee's obligations or duties under, or any terms of, this Agreement, which are not remedied in a reasonable period (not to exceed ten (10) days) after receipt of written notice thereof from the Employer, (iii) any violation by the Employee of any of the provisions of Articles Three or Four, or (iv) Employee being charged, indicted or convicted (by trial, guilty or no contest plea or otherwise) of (a) a felony, (b) any other crime involving moral turpitude, or (c) any violation of law which would impair the ability of the Employer or any affiliate to obtain any license or authority to do any business deemed necessary or desirable for the conduct of its actual or proposed business.
5.02 Termination of Employee Because of Employee's Disability, Injury or Illness. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment if Employee is unable to perform the duties assigned to him by the Employer because of Employee's disability, injury or illness, provided however, such inability must have existed for a total of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days before such termination can be made effective. Any compensation Employee receives under any disability benefit plan provided by Employer during any period of disability, injury or illness shall be in lieu of the compensation which Employee would otherwise receive under Article Two during such period of disability, injury or sickness.
5.03 Termination as a Result of Employee's Death. The obligations of the Employer to Employee pursuant to this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon Employee's death.
5.04 Termination of Employee for any Other Reason. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment at any time at will for any reason upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Employee. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Employer during the Employment Term for any reason other than the reason set forth in Sections 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03 above, the Employer shall continue to pay to Employee for a period of one (1) year, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of his then current Base Salary in installments on the same dates as the Employer makes payroll payments under its customary practice. Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Bonus pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan for the year in which such termination occurs prorated and accrued to the date of termination. In such case Employee shall not be entitled to receive, unless otherwise required by law, any subsequent Other Benefits.
5.05 Termination by Employee after Material Change. Subject to the provisions of Articles Three and Four above, Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment at any time within a period of 180 days after any "material change". Such termination shall be effective upon giving of notice by Employee to employer. For purposes hereof, "material change" means (i) any sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Employer's assets, (ii) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, tender offer, or other similar transaction involving the Employer, unless the surviving entity is under control by the same person(s) or entity(ies) as the Employer was prior to the transaction,
6
(iii) any change in control of the Employer as a result of a proxy contest or otherwise, or (iv) any plan is approved to liquidate or dissolve the Employer. If Employee terminates his employment pursuant to this section, Employer shall continue to pay to Employee for a period of one (1) year, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of his then current Base Salary in installments on the same dates as the Employer makes payroll payments under its customary practice. Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Bonus pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan for the year in which such termination occurs prorated and accrued to the date of termination. In such case Employee shall not be entitled to receive, unless otherwise required by law, any subsequent Other Benefits.
5.06 Termination by Employee for any Other Reason. Subject to the provisions of Articles Three and Four above, Employee may terminate his employment by the Employer at any time by written notice to Employer. If Employee's employment is so terminated under this section, the Employer shall be obligated to continue to pay to Employee his then current Base Salary, Bonus and Other Benefits accrued up to and including the date on which Employee's employment is so terminated, however , Employee and the Employer acknowledge and agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, that Employee shall forfeit, and the Employer shall not be responsible to pay or fund, directly or indirectly, any accrued but unpaid accumulated but unpaid sick leave; accumulated but unpaid vacation time; deferred compensation; severance pay or benefits; any and all benefits which are accrued but not vested under any pension, profit sharing or other qualified retirement plan and all service credits under each such plan (subject to any reinstatement of such credits upon future reemployment with the Employer in accordance with federal law); and right to post-employment coverage under any health, insurance or other welfare benefit plan, including rights arising under Title X of COBRA or any similar federal or state law (except that continuation coverage rights of Employee's spouse and other dependents, if any, under such plans or laws shall be forfeited only with their consent); or any Other Benefits, if any, provided to Employee under any policy, program or plan of the Employer not specifically described above, after the date of termination to which Employee might otherwise be entitled under this Agreement but for his resignation.
6.01 Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement will not prevent him from obtaining such other gainful employment he may desire to obtain or cause him any undue hardship and are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate interests of employer and that violation thereof would result in irreparable injury to Employer. Employee therefor acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of the provisions of Article Three or Article Four or Section 1.03, Employer shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach or threatened breach and Employee shall lose all rights to receive any payments under Section 5.04. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting or limiting Employer from pursuing any other remedies available to Employer for such breach or threatened breach; the rights hereinabove mentioned being in addition to and not in substitution of such other rights and remedies. The period of restriction specified in Article Four shall abate during the time of any violation thereof, and the portion of such period remaining at the commencement of the violation shall begin to run until the violation is cured.
6.02 Survival. The provisions of this Article Six and of Articles Three and Four shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
7.01 Assignment. Employee and Employer acknowledge and agree that the covenants, terms and provisions contained in this Agreement constitute a personal employment contract and the rights and
7
obligations of the parties thereunder cannot be transferred, sold, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, excepting that the rights and obligations of the Employer under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a sale of the business, merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale of substantially all of the Employer's assets or of the business unit or division for which Employee is performing services, or other reorganization described in Section 368 of the Code, or through liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, whether or not the Employer is the continuing entity, provided that the assignee, or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer or of the business unit or division for which Employee is performing services and such assignee or transferee assumes the rights and duties of the Employer, if any, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law.
7.02 Severability. Should any of Employee's obligations under this Agreement or the application of the terms or provisions of this Agreement to any person or circumstances, to any extent, be found illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, all of which shall remain enforceable in accordance with their terms, or the application of such terms or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable. Despite the preceding sentence, should any of Employee's obligations under this Agreement be found illegal, invalid or unenforceable because it is too broad with respect to duration, geographical or other scope, or subject matter, such obligation shall be deemed and construed to be reduced to the maximum duration, geographical or other scope, and subject matter allowable under applicable law.
The covenants of Employee in Articles Three and Four and each subparagraph of Section 4.01 are of the essence of this Agreement; they shall be construed as independent of any other provision of this Agreement; and the existence of any claim or cause of action of Employee against the Employer, whether predicated on the Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a defense to enforcement by the Employer of any of these covenants. The covenants of Employee shall be applicable irrespective of whether termination of employment hereunder shall be by the Employer or by Employee, whether voluntary or involuntary, or whether for cause or without cause.
7.03 Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested and addressed to the party at its or his last known addresses. The address of any party may be changed by notice in writing to the other parties duly served in accordance herewith.
7.04 Waiver. The waiver by the Employer or Employee of any breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term or condition hereof. Failure by any party to claim any breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a precedent or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breaches hereof.
7.05 Continuing Obligation. The obligations, duties and liabilities of Employee pursuant to Articles Three and Four of this Agreement are continuing, absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect as provided herein and survive the termination of this Agreement.
7.06 No Conflicting Obligations or Use. Employer does not desire to acquire from Employee any secret or confidential know-how or information which he may have acquired from others nor does it wish to cause a breach of any non compete or similar agreement to which Employee may be subject. Employee represents and warrants that (i) other than for this Agreement, he is not subject to or bound by any confidentiality agreement or non disclosure or non compete agreement or any other agreement having a similar intent, effect or purpose, and (ii) he is free to use and divulge to Employer, without any obligation to or violation of any right of others, any and all information, data, plans, ideas,
8
concepts, practices or techniques which he will use, describe, demonstrate, divulge, or in any other manner make known to Employer during the performance of services
7.07 Attorneys Fees. In the event that Employee has been found to have violated any of the terms of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement either after a preliminary injunction hearing or a trial on the merits or otherwise, Employee shall pay to the Employer the Employer's costs and expenses, including attorneys fees, in enforcing the terms of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement.
7.08 Advise New Employers. During Employee's employment with the Employer and for one (1) year thereafter, Employee will communicate the contents of Articles Three and Four to any individual or entity which Employee intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent which is engaged in a business which is competitive to the business of Employer.
7.09 Captions. The captions of Articles and Sections this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not to be construed as forming a part of this Agreement.
EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS READ AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS EACH AND EVERY PROVISION OF THE FOREGOING AND DOES HEREBY ACCEPT AND AGREE TO THE SAME.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
EMPLOYEE | EMPLOYER | |||||
/s/ GEORGE SOLAS | By: | /s/ ED RICHARDSON | ||||
Title: | ||||||
|
9
EXHIBIT A
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
10
EMPLOYMENT, NONDISCLOSURE AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
EMPLOYMENT, NONDISCLOSURE AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") made and entered into as of this 1st day of June 2004 by and between RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD. , a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business located at 40W267 Keslinger Road, P.O. Box 393, LaFox, IL 60147-0393 (the "Employer"), and WENDY DIDDELL , an individual whose current residence address is 209 Stonington lane, Colleyville TX 76034 ("Employee").
WHEREAS , the Employer desires to employ Employee as its Vice President and General Manager, Security Systems Division upon the terms and conditions stated herein; and
WHEREAS , Employee desires to be so employed by the Employer at the salary and benefits provided for herein; and
WHEREAS , Employee acknowledges and understands that during the course of her employment, Employee has and will become familiar with certain confidential information of the Employer which provides Employer with a competitive advantage in the marketplace in which it competes, is exceptionally valuable to the Employer, and is vital to the success of the Employer's business; and
WHEREAS , the Employer and Employee desire to protect such confidential information from disclosure to third parties or its use to the detriment of the Employer; and
WHEREAS , the Employee acknowledges that the likelihood of disclosure of such confidential information would be substantially reduced, and that legitimate business interests of the Employer would be protected, if Employee refrains from competing with the Employer and from soliciting its customers and employees during and following the term of the Agreement, and Employee is willing to covenant that she will refrain from such actions.
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows:
ARTICLE ONE
NATURE AND TERM OF EMPLOYMENT
1.01 Employment. The Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee and Employee hereby accepts employment as the Employer's Vice President and General Manager, Security Systems Division.
1.02 Term of Employment. Employee's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on June 1, 2004 and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the term of such employment (the "Employment Term") shall continue indefinitely on an "at will" basis.
1.03 Duties. Employee shall perform such managerial duties and responsibilities in connection with the Company's Security System Division or its successor and such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned by the President/COO, or such other person as the Employer may designate from time to time and Employee will adhere to the policies and procedures of the Employer, including, without limitation, its Code of Conduct, and will follow the supervision and direction of Employer's President/COO or such other person as the Employer may designate from time to time in the performance of such duties and responsibilities. Employee agrees to devote her full working time, attention and energies to the diligent and satisfactory performance of her duties hereunder and to developing and improving the business and best interests of the Company. Employee will use all reasonable efforts to promote and protect the good name of the Company and will comply with all of
1
her obligations, undertakings, promises, covenants and agreements as set forth in this Agreement. Employee will not, during the Employment Term or during any period during which Employee is receiving payments pursuant to Article 2 and/or Section 5.04, engage in any activity which would have, or reasonably be expected to have, an adverse affect on the Employer's reputation, goodwill or business relationships or which would result, or reasonably be expected to result, in economic harm to the Employer.
ARTICLE TWO
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
For all services to be rendered by Employee in any capacity hereunder (including as an officer, director, committee member or otherwise of the Employer or any parent or subsidiary thereof or any division of any thereof) on behalf of the Employer, the Employer agrees to pay Employee so long as she is employed hereunder, and the Employee agrees to accept, the compensation set forth below.
2.01 Base Salary. During the term of Employee's employment hereunder, the Employer shall pay to Employee an annual base salary ("Base Salary") at the rate of One Hundred Eighty Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($185,000.00), payable in installments as are customary under the Employer's payroll practices from time to time. The Employer at its sole discretion may, but is not required to, review and adjust the Employee's Base Salary from year to year; provided, however, that, except as may be expressly consented otherwise in writing by Employee, Employer may not decrease Employee's Base Salary. No additional compensation shall be payable to Employee by reason of the number of hours worked or by reason of hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or otherwise.
2.02 Incentive Plan. During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall be a participant in the SBU Incentive Plan, as modified from time to time (the "Annual Incentive Plan") and paid a bonus ("Bonus") pursuant thereto. The Employee's "target bonus percentage" for purposes of the Annual Incentive Plan shall be fifty percent (50%). Such Bonus shall be determined and paid strictly in accordance with the Annual Incentive Plan as modified or reduced by Employer at its discretion, and for any partial fiscal year the Bonus shall be computed and paid only for the portion of the fiscal year Employee is employed hereunder.
2.03 Auto Allowance. During the term of the Employee's employment hereunder, the Employee shall be paid an auto allowance in accordance with Employer's auto allowance plan for SBU managers as modified from time to time.
2.04 Initial Sock Award and Option. On the commencement date of Employee's employment under this agreement she will be granted a Restricted Stock Award under the Employer's Incentive Compensation Plan for 6,477 shares of Employer's Common Stock that will vest in one year. In addition on such date Employee will be granted a Stock Option under Employer's Incentive Compensation Plan for 25,000 shares that will vest in five equal annual installments over five years.
2.05 Other Benefits. Employer will provide Employee such benefits (other than bonus, auto allowance, severance and cash incentive compensation benefits) as are generally provided by the Employer to its other employees, including but not limited to, health/major medical insurance, dental insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, sick days and other employee benefits (collectively "Other Benefits"), all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Other Benefits Plans as in effect from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Employer to maintain any benefit plan, nor prohibit the Employer from modifying any such plan as it sees fit from time to time. It is only intended that Employee shall be entitled to participate in any such plan offered for which she may qualify under the terms of any such plan as it may from time to time exist, in accordance with the terms thereof.
2
2.06 Disability. Any compensation Employee receives under any disability benefit plan provided by Employer during any period of disability, injury or illness shall be in lieu of the compensation which Employee would otherwise receive under Article Two during such period of disability, injury or sickness.
2.07 Withholding. All salary, bonus and other payments described in this Agreement shall be subject to withholding for federal, state or local taxes, amounts withheld under applicable benefit policies or programs, and any other amounts that may be required to be withheld by law, judicial order or otherwise.
ARTICLE THREE
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
RECORDS AND
REPUTATION
3.01 Definition of Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean all of the following materials and information (whether or not reduced to writing and whether or not patentable) to which Employee receives or has received access or develops or has developed in whole or in part as a direct or indirect result of her employment with Employer or through the use of any of Employer's facilities or resources:
The Confidential Information shall not include any materials or information of the types specified above to the extent that such materials or information are publicly known or generally utilized by others engaged in the same business or activities in the course of which Employer utilized, developed or otherwise acquired such information or materials and which Employee has gathered or obtained (other than on behalf of the Employer) after termination of her employment with the Employer from such other public sources by her own expenditure of significant time, effort and money after termination of her employment with the Employer. Failure to mark any of the Confidential Information as confidential shall not affect its status as part of the Confidential Information under the terms of this Agreement.
3.02 Ownership of Confidential Information. Employee agrees that the Confidential Information is and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of Employer. Employee agrees immediately to disclose to Employer all Confidential Information developed in whole or part by her during the term of her employment with Employer and to assign to Employer any right, title or interest she may have in such Confidential Information.
3
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, every invention, improvement, product, process, apparatus, or design which Employee may take, make, devise or conceive, individually or jointly with others, during the period of her employment by the Employer, whether during business hours or otherwise, which relates in any manner to the business of the Employer either now or at any time during the period of her employment), or which may be related to the Employer in connection with its business (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Invention") shall belong to and be the exclusive property of the Employer and Employee will make full and prompt disclosure to the Employer of every Invention. Employee will assign to the Employer, or its nominee, every Invention and Employee will execute all assignments and other instruments or documents and do all other things necessary and proper to confirm the Employer's right and title in and to every Invention; and Employee will perform all proper acts within her power necessary or desired by the Employer to obtain letters patent in the name of the Employer (at the Employer's expense) for every Invention in whatever countries the Employer may desire, without payment by the Employer to Employee of any royalty, license fee, price or additional compensation.
3.03. Non Disclosure of Confidential Information. Except as required in the faithful performance of Employee's duties hereunder (or as required by law), during the term of her employment with Employer and for a period after the termination of such employment until the Confidential Information no longer meets the definition set forth above of Confidential Information with respect to Employee, Employee agrees not to directly or indirectly reveal, report, publish, disseminate, disclose or transfer any of the Confidential Information to any person or entity, or utilize for herself or any other person or entity any of the Confidential Information for any purpose (including, without limitation, in the solicitation of existing Employer customers or suppliers), except in the course of performing duties assigned to her by Employer. Employee further agrees to use her best endeavors to prevent the use for herself or others, or dissemination, publication, revealing, reporting or disclosure of, any Confidential Information.
3.04 Protection of Reputation. Employee agrees that she will at no time, either during her employment with the Employer or at any time after termination of such employment, engage in conduct which injures, harms, corrupts, demeans, defames, disparages, libels, slanders, destroys or diminishes in any way the reputation or goodwill of the Employer, its subsidiaries, or their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees, or agents, or the services provided by the Employer or the products sold by the Employer, or its other properties or assets, including, without limitation, its computer systems hardware and software and its data or the integrity and accuracy thereof.
3.05 Records and Use of Employer Facilities. All notes, data, reference materials, memoranda and records, including, without limitation, data on the Employer's computer system, computer reports, products, customers and suppliers lists and copies of invoices, in any way relating to any of the Confidential Information or Employer's business (in whatever form existing, including, without limit, electronic) shall belong exclusively to Employer, and Employee agrees to maintain them in a manner so as to secure their confidentiality and to turn over to Employer all copies of such materials (in whole or in part) in her possession or control at the request of Employer or, in the absence of such a request, upon the termination of Employee's employment with Employer. Upon termination of Employee's employment with Employer, Employee shall immediately refrain from seeking access to Employer's (a) telephonic voice mail, E-mail or message systems, (b) computer system and (c) computer data bases and software. The foregoing shall not prohibit Employee from using Employer's public Internet (not intranet) site.
ARTICLE FOUR
NON-COMPETE AND NON-SOLICITATION COVENANTS
4.01 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation. Employee acknowledges that it may be very difficult for her to avoid using or disclosing the Confidential Information in violation of Article Three above in
4
the event that she is employed by any person or entity other than the Employer in a capacity similar or related to the capacity in which she is employed by the Employer. Accordingly, Employee agrees that she will not, during the term of employment with Employer and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of such employment, irrespective of the time, manner or cause of such termination, directly or indirectly (whether or not for compensation or profit):
4.02 Obligation Independent Each obligation of each subparagraph and provision of Section 4.01 shall be independent of any obligation under any other subparagraph or provision hereof or thereof.
4.03 Public Stock Nothing in Section 4.01, however, shall prohibit Employee from owning (directly or indirectly through a parent, spouse, child or other relative or person living in the same household with Employee or any of the foregoing), as a passive investment, up to 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of stock of any publicly traded company.
4.04 Business Limitation If, at the termination of Employee's employment and for the entire period of twelve (12) months prior thereto her duties and responsibilities are limited by the Employer so that she is specifically assigned to, or responsible for, one or more divisions, subsidiaries or business units of the Employer, then subparagraphs (1) through (3) of Section 4.01 shall apply only to any business which competes with the business of such divisions, subsidiaries or business units.
4.05 Area Limitation If at the termination of Employee's employment and for the entire period of twelve (12) months prior thereto she or she has responsibility for only a designated geographic area, then subparagraphs (1) through (3) of Section 4.01 shall apply only within such area.
5
5.01 Termination of Employee for Cause. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment at any time for "cause." Prior to such termination, the Employer shall provide Employee with written notification of any and all allegations constituting "cause" and the Employee shall be given five (5) working days after receipt of such written notification to respond to those allegations in writing. Upon receipt of the Employee's response, the Employer shall meet with the Employee to discuss the allegations.
For purposes hereof, "cause" shall mean (i) an act or acts of personal dishonesty taken by the Employee and intended to result in personal enrichment of the Employee, (ii) material violations by the Employee of the Employee's obligations or duties under, or any terms of, this Agreement, which are not remedied in a reasonable period (not to exceed ten (10) days) after receipt of written notice thereof from the Employer, (iii) any violation by the Employee of any of the provisions of Articles Three or Four, or (iv) Employee being charged, indicted or convicted (by trial, guilty or no contest plea or otherwise) of (a) a felony, (b) any other crime involving moral turpitude, or (c) any violation of law which would impair the ability of the Employer or any affiliate to obtain any license or authority to do any business deemed necessary or desirable for the conduct of its actual or proposed business.
5.02 Termination of Employee Because of Employee's Disability, Injury or Illness. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment if Employee is unable to perform the duties assigned to her by the Employer because of Employee's disability, injury or illness, provided however, such inability must have existed for a total of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days before such termination can be made effective. Any compensation Employee receives under any disability benefit plan provided by Employer during any period of disability, injury or illness shall be in lieu of the compensation which Employee would otherwise receive under Article Two during such period of disability, injury or sickness.
5.03 Termination as a Result of Employee's Death. The obligations of the Employer to Employee pursuant to this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon Employee's death.
5.04 Termination of Employee for any Other Reason. The Employer shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment at any time at will for any reason upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Employee. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Employer during the Employment Term for any reason other than the reason set forth in Sections 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03 above, the Employer shall continue to pay to Employee for a period of one (1) year, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of her then current Base Salary in installments on the same dates as the Employer makes payroll payments under its customary practice. Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Bonus pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan for the year in which such termination occurs prorated and accrued to the date of termination. In such case Employee shall not be entitled to receive, unless otherwise required by law, any subsequent Other Benefits.
5.05 5.05 Termination by Employee after Material Change. Subject to the provisions of Articles Three and Four above, Employee shall have the right to terminate her employment at any time within a period of 180 days after any "material change". Such termination shall be effective upon giving of notice by Employee to employer. For purposes hereof, "material change" means (i) any sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the Employer's assets, (ii) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, tender offer, or other similar transaction involving the Employer, unless the surviving entity is under control by the same person(s) or entity(ies) as the Employer was prior to the transaction, (iii) any change in control of the Employer as a result of a proxy contest or otherwise, or (iv) any plan is approved to liquidate or dissolve the Employer. If Employee terminates his employment pursuant to this section, Employer shall continue to pay to Employee for a period of one (1) year, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of his then current Base Salary in installments on the same dates as
6
the Employer makes payroll payments under its customary practice. Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Bonus pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan for the year in which such termination occurs prorated and accrued to the date of termination. In such case Employee shall not be entitled to receive, unless otherwise required by law, any subsequent Other Benefits.
5.05 Termination by Employee. Subject to the provisions of Articles Three and Four above, Employee may terminate her employment by the Employer at any time by written notice to Employer. If Employee's employment is so terminated, the Employer shall be obligated to continue to pay to Employee her then current Base Salary, Bonus and Other Benefits accrued up to and including the date on which Employee's employment is so terminated, however , Employee and the Employer acknowledge and agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, that Employee shall forfeit, and the Employer shall not be responsible to pay or fund, directly or indirectly, any accrued but unpaid accumulated but unpaid sick leave; accumulated but unpaid vacation time; deferred compensation; severance pay or benefits; any and all benefits which are accrued but not vested under any pension, profit sharing or other qualified retirement plan and all service credits under each such plan (subject to any reinstatement of such credits upon future reemployment with the Employer in accordance with federal law); and right to post-employment coverage under any health, insurance or other welfare benefit plan, including rights arising under Title X of COBRA or any similar federal or state law (except that continuation coverage rights of Employee's spouse and other dependents, if any, under such plans or laws shall be forfeited only with their consent); or any Other Benefits, if any, provided to Employee under any policy, program or plan of the Employer not specifically described above, after the date of termination to which Employee might otherwise be entitled under this Agreement but for his resignation.
6.01 Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement will not prevent her from obtaining such other gainful employment she may desire to obtain or cause her any undue hardship and are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate interests of employer and that violation thereof would result in irreparable injury to Employer. Employee therefor acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of the provisions of Article Three or Article Four or Section 1.03, Employer shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach or threatened breach and Employee shall lose all rights to receive any payments under Section 5.04. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting or limiting Employer from pursuing any other remedies available to Employer for such breach or threatened breach, the rights hereinabove mentioned being in addition to and not in substitution of such other rights and remedies. The period of restriction specified in Article Four shall abate during the time of any violation thereof, and the portion of such period remaining at the commencement of the violation shall begin to run until the violation is cured.
6.02 Survival. The provisions of this Article Six and of Articles Three and Four shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
7.01 Assignment. Employee and Employer acknowledge and agree that the covenants, terms and provisions contained in this Agreement constitute a personal employment contract and the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder cannot be transferred, sold, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, excepting that the rights and obligations of the Employer under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a sale of the business, merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale of substantially all of the Employer's assets or of the business unit or division for which Employee is
7
performing services, or other reorganization described in Section 368 of the Code, or through liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, whether or not the Employer is the continuing entity, provided that the assignee, or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer or of the business unit or division for which Employee is performing services and such assignee or transferee assumes the rights and duties of the Employer, if any, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law.
7.02 Severability. Should any of Employee's obligations under this Agreement or the application of the terms or provisions of this Agreement to any person or circumstances, to any extent, be found illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, all of which shall remain enforceable in accordance with their terms, or the application of such terms or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable. Despite the preceding sentence, should any of Employee's obligations under this Agreement be found illegal, invalid or unenforceable because it is too broad with respect to duration, geographical or other scope, or subject matter, such obligation shall be deemed and construed to be reduced to the maximum duration, geographical or other scope, and subject matter allowable under applicable law.
The covenants of Employee in Articles Three and Four and each subparagraph of Section 4.01 are of the essence of this Agreement; they shall be construed as independent of any other provision of this Agreement; and the existence of any claim or cause of action of Employee against the Employer, whether predicated on the Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a defense to enforcement by the Employer of any of these covenants. The covenants of Employee shall be applicable irrespective of whether termination of employment hereunder shall be by the Employer or by Employee, whether voluntary or involuntary, or whether for cause or without cause.
7.03 Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested and addressed to the party at its or her last known addresses. The address of any party may be changed by notice in writing to the other parties duly served in accordance herewith.
7.04 Waiver. The waiver by the Employer or Employee of any breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term or condition hereof. Failure by any party to claim any breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a precedent or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breaches hereof.
7.05 Continuing Obligation. The obligations, duties and liabilities of Employee pursuant to Articles Three and Four of this Agreement are continuing, absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect as provided herein and survive the termination of this Agreement.
7.06 No Conflicting Obligations or Use. Employer does not desire to acquire from Employee any secret or confidential know-how or information which she may have acquired from others nor does it wish to cause a breach of any non compete or similar agreement to which Employee may be subject. Employee represents and warrants that (i) other than for this Agreement, she is not subject to or bound by any confidentiality agreement or non disclosure or non compete agreement or any other agreement having a similar intent, effect or purpose, and (ii) she is free to use and divulge to Employer, without any obligation to or violation of any right of others, any and all information, data, plans, ideas, concepts, practices or techniques which she will use, describe, demonstrate, divulge, or in any other manner make known to Employer during the performance of services
8
7.07 Attorneys Fees. In the event that Employee has been found to have violated any of the terms of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement either after a preliminary injunction hearing or a trial on the merits or otherwise, Employee shall pay to the Employer the Employer's costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, in enforcing the terms of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement. In the event Employer files litigation against Employee alleging violation of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement and Employee is found not to have violated any of the terms of Articles Three or Four of this Agreement in such litigation, Employer shall pay to Employee the Employee's costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, in defending such litigation.
7.08 Advise New Employers. During Employee's employment with the Employer and for one (1) year thereafter, Employee will communicate the contents of Articles Three and Four to any individual or entity which Employee intends to be employed by, associated with, or represent which is engaged in a business which is competitive to the business of Employer.
7.09 Captions. The captions of Articles and Sections this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not to be construed as forming a part of this Agreement.
EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SHE HAS READ AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS EACH AND EVERY PROVISION OF THE FOREGOING AND DOES HEREBY ACCEPT AND AGREE TO THE SAME.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
EMPLOYEE | EMPLOYER | |||||
/s/ WENDY DIDDELL | By: | /s/ ED RICHARDSON | ||||
Title: | ||||||
|
9
EXHIBIT A
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
10
REAL ESTATE SALE CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT made this 8th day of June, 2004 (the "Acceptance Date") between RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller") and SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (the "Purchaser").
W I T N E S S E T H:
A. The Seller is the owner of fee title to an approximately two hundred nineteen (219) acre farm in, Kane County, Illinois which has frontage an Keslinger Road as shown on the site plan which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" (the "Total Parcel").
B. The Seller has agreed to sell approximately two hundred five (205) acres (the "Purchased Land") of the Total Parcel to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Land from the Seller, all on the terms and conditions contained herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby mutually acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. SALE OF ESTATE: The Seller hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Seller, the following, which is collectively referred to as the "Real Estate":
2. PURCHASE PRICE: The purchase price for the Real Estate (the "Purchase Price") shall be the sum of Ten Million Nine Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($10,966,500.00) which, plus or minus prorations, shall be paid as follows:
3. INSPECTION PERIOD:
2
(collectively the "Physical Approval"). Any such access shall be in accordance with the terms of the Access Agreement and the terms of this Section 3;
The Purchaser shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, by giving written notice to the Seller prior to expiration of the Inspection Period to cancel this Agreement and receive a refund of the Earnest Money and interest thereon
4. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS: The Purchaser's obligations hereunder are contingent upon the Purchaser, at its sole cost and expense, having the County of Kane (the "County") rezone the Purchased Land, and provide any other reasonable and necessary governmental approvals, to permit development of the Purchased Land for residential use of at least three hundred (300) single family residential units, approve plats of subdivision of the Purchased Land, which are reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser (the "Governmental Approvals") within three hundred sixty five (365) days after the Acceptance Date (the "Approvals Period"). The Seller agrees to cooperate with the Purchaser in obtaining the Governmental Approvals by executing any petitions, plats, or other documents reasonably requested by the Purchaser. The Seller further agrees that the approximately fourteen (14) acres of theRestricted Parcel (as hereinafter defined) shall be part of the submission for the Purchaser's proposed development of the Purchased Land, even though the Purchaser is not purchasing the Restricted Parcel, and the Restricted Parcel shall sought to be zoned by the County as "open space/recreational use." During the Approvals Period the Seller and the Purchaser shall agree upon the form and content of the Restricted Parcel Easement (as hereinafter defined) which shall include the agreement of the Purchaser to indemnify the Seller against any liability arising out of the recreational use of the Restricted Parcel and any increase in real estate taxes by reason of the zoning and/or use of the Restricted Parcel for recreational purposes. All Governmental Approvals shall be contingent upon the acquisition of the Purchased Land by the Purchaser, or a designee approved by Seller. In the event the Purchaser does not obtain the Governmental Approvals in form and content acceptable to the Purchaser in its reasonable discretion, then the Purchaser shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Seller prior to expiration of the Approvals Period to cancel this Agreement and receive a refund of the Earnest Money and interest thereon. The Purchaser shall utilize due diligence to obtain the Governmental Approvals as expeditiously as possible. The Purchaser shall provide the Seller with copies of all correspondence, memorandum, letters, draft ordinances and facsimile transmissions between the Purchaser and Kane County and copies of all site plans, reports, studies and other relevant material prepared or delivered in connection with the pursuit of the Governmental Approvals. The Purchaser shall provide the Seller with notice of all preliminary and final decisions relating to its pursuit of the Governmental Approvals and shall notify the Seller of all public hearings held in connection with the Governmental Approvals.
5. TITLE COMMITMENT AND SURVEY: With the exception of the survey referred to in Section 5(c) below which shall be obtained by the Purchaser, the Seller shall, at its expense, obtain within thirty (30) days after the Acceptance Date:
3
fee simple title to the Real Estate to be held by the Seller, with extended coverage over general exceptions 1 through 5 which extended coverage will be provided so long as the Purchaser obtains a survey satisfactory to the Title Company for purposes of such extended coverage;
6. TITLE AND SURVEY DEFECTS: Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Title Commitment, all of the Title Documents and the Plat of Survey, the Purchaser shall give written notice to the Seller stating whether there are any exceptions on the Title Commitment which are not acceptable to the Purchaser in its sole discretion (the "Unpermitted Exceptions") or items on the Plat of Survey which are not acceptable to the Purchaser in its sole discretion (the "Survey Defects"). The Seller shall have thirty (30) days (the "Cure Period") to have the Unpermitted Exceptions removed from the Title Commitment or the Survey Defects removed from the Plat of Survey or to have the Title Company commit to insure against loss or damage that may be occasioned by the Unpermitted Exceptions or the Survey Defects.
If the Seller fails to have the Unpermitted Exceptions or the Survey Defects removed, or in the alternative, to obtain the title commitment for title insurance specified above as to the Unpermitted Exceptions and the Survey Defects within the Cure Period, the Purchaser may within five (5) days after the expiration of Cure Period elect to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Seller. and receive a refund of the Earnest Money, and interest thereon, or may elect upon notice to the Seller within five (5) days after the expiration of the Cure Period, to take title as it then is with the right to deduct from the Purchase Price liens or encumbrances of an ascertainable amount. Seller shall have no obligation to cure any other Unpermitted Exceptions.
If the Purchaser does not give timely written notice of the Unpermitted Exceptions or the Survey Defects, then all matters shown on the Title Commitment and the Plat of Survey shall be conclusively presumed to be acceptable to the Purchaser. The matters of title approved or deemed approved by the Purchaser pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be the "Permitted Exceptions".
7. THE CLOSING: The closing of the sale and purchase of the Real Estate shall take place thirty (30) days after expiration of the Approvals Period, or such earlier date selected by the Purchaser
4
upon ten (10) business days prior written notice to the Seller (the "Closing') at the offices of the Title Company in Geneva, Illinois, or such other time and place agreed upon by the parties hereto.
8. CLOSING DOCUMENTS: At the Closing the Seller shall execute the following closing documents as a condition precedent to the Purchaser's obligation to pay the Purchase Price (the "Seller's Closing Documents"):
At Closing the Purchaser shall deliver to the Title Company (the "Purchaser's Deposits"):
The Seller and the Purchaser shall jointly deposit:
9. ESCROW: The conveyance of the Real Estate shall be closed through an escrow with the Title Company in accordance with the general provisions of the usual form of Deed and Money Escrow Agreement then in use by the Title Company, with such special provisions inserted in the escrow agreement as may be required to conform with this Agreement. The attorneys for the parties are authorized to execute the escrow instructions and any amendments thereto. Upon the creation of such an escrow, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, payment of the Purchase Price and delivery of the deed shall be made through the escrow. The cost of the escrow shall be evenly divided between the Seller and the Purchaser, including the cost of a "New York" style closing. In the event of any inconsistencies between the terms of the escrow instructions and the terms of this Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement shall control. No part of the Purchase Price shall be disbursed to or for the benefit of the Seller until the Title Company is prepared to insure that the Purchaser or its nominee owns fee simple title to the Real Estate subject only to the Permitted Exceptions and acts committed by the Purchaser.
10. PRORATIONS AND CREDITS: Real estate taxes, based upon one hundred five per cent (105%) of the most recent ascertainable taxes, rent and other proratable items shall be prorated as of the Closing. The Seller shall pay the state and county transfer taxes in connection with the sale of the
5
Real Estate. At closing, Seller shall provide a credit in an amount not to exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) towards the cost of the survey to be obtained by the Purchaser.
11. MAINTAINING THE REAL ESTATE: The Seller shall deliver possession of the Real Estate to the Purchaser at the Closing in the same condition as of the Acceptance Date, save for ordinary wear and tear. Between the date hereof and the Closing, except for a farm lease for the 2004 growing season (the "Farm Lease"), the Seller will not enter into, and leases or other agreements which will affect the Real Estate, or any portion thereof after Closing unless the Purchaser's prior written consent thereto is first obtained.
12. NOTICES OF VIOLATIONS: If prior to the Closing the Seller shall receive any notices of building, zoning, health, environmental or other violations issued by a governmental body affecting the Real Estate, the Seller shall promptly send a copy of the notice to the Purchaser. The Seller may, at its expense, correct the violations prior to the Closing in which case the Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase the Real Estate. If the Seller is unable or unwilling to correct the violations prior to the Closing, then the Purchaser may elect to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without adjustment to the Purchase Price or the Purchaser may elect to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller and receive a refund of the Earnest Money and interest thereon.
13. DAMAGE TO REAL ESTATE: Since the Real Estate is vacant land, the Uniform Vendor and Purchaser Risk Act (765 ILCS 65/1) shall not be applicable to this Agreement. In the event that prior to the Closing any part of the Real Estate shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, the Seller shall give prompt written notice to the Purchaser, but the Purchaser shall be obligated to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without adjustment to the Purchase Price due from the Purchaser.
14. CONVEYANCE TO SCHOOL DISTRICT-POSSIBLE CONDEMNATION: The Seller has been approached by the Board of Education of Geneva Community Unit School District No. 304, Kane County, Illinois ("District 304") regarding the possible acquisition of six (6) acres located at the Northeast portion of the Purchased Land as shown on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit "A". The Purchaser hereby agrees to convey up to six (6) acres to District 304 and/or any other school district interested in the acquisition of the Purchased Land with no adjustment to the Purchase Price. In the event such acquisition occurs prior to the Closing, any proceeds from the sale or transfer of such portion of the Purchased Land received by Seller shall be credited towards the Purchase Price. In the event the Purchaser has waived all contingencies in connection with this Agreement and is prepared to close this transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Seller shall consult with the Purchaser prior to entering into a final sales price for the portion of the Purchased Land to be sold or transferred to District 304 or any other school district. In the event that prior to the Closing an eminent domain proceeding is commenced or threatened which affects all or any material portion of the Real Estate, the Seller shall give prompt written notice to the Purchaser (the "Seller's Notice"). With the exception of the possible condemnation of up to six (6) acres by District 304 or any other school districts ("School District Condemnation"), the Purchaser may elect, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Seller's Notice, to cancel this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller and receive a refund of the Earnest Money and interest thereon. In the event the Purchaser does not give timely notice of cancellation, or in the event of a School District Condemnation, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and all condemnation awards received by the Seller prior to the Closing shall be credited against the Purchase Price due at the closing, provided, however, the Purchaser shall have the right to approve any settlement, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and the Purchaser shall have the right, at its expense, to take over the defense of the condemnation proceeding. If the condemnation proceeding is still pending at the Closing, the Purchaser shall take over the defense thereof and be entitled to receive any award. For purposes of this Agreement, a material portion of the Real Estate shall mean not less than twenty-five (25) acres.
6
15. REMEDIES: In the event this Agreement is terminated due to the default of the Seller, then the Purchaser shall be entitled to the remedy of specific performance as its sole remedy at law or in equity. In the event this Agreement is terminated due to the default of the Purchaser, then the Earnest Money, and interest thereon, shall be forfeited to the Seller as the Seller's sole remedy at law or in equity.
In the event either party commences legal proceedings to enforce any of their rights get forth in this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in connection therewith.
16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER: The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser that (collectively the "Representations and Warranties"):
The Representations and Warranties:
7
17. BROKER'S COMMISSIONS: The Purchaser and the Seller represent and warrant into each other that they did not have any negotiations or dealings in connection with this transaction with any brokers or finders.
18. ASSIGNMENT: Neither party shall have the right to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, either party shall have the right to assign this Agreement in connection with a tax free exchange of real estate.
19. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS:
c) Governing Law: This Agreement has been prepared in accordance with and shall be governed pursuant to, the laws of the State of Illinois. Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, provided, however, that if any such provision hereof shall be prohibited, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
d) Pronouns: All pronouns used herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the context thereof shall require.
e) Benefit: Upon the execution of this Agreement by or on behalf of the parties hereto, the provisions hereof shall be binding on the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, grantees and legal representatives, if any.
f) Waivers: No act or acts, omission or omissions, or series of acts or omissions, or waiver, acquiescence or forgiveness by either party hereto as to any default in or failure of satisfaction or performance, either in whole or in part, by the other of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of or election of remedies as to the rights at all times thereafter and the non-defaulting party may insist upon the full and complete satisfaction and performance by the other of each and all the respective provisions thereof to be satisfied and
8
performed, in the manner and to the extent as the same are herein required to be satisfied and performed, No such waiver shall be deemed to be effective unless made in writing and executed by the party against whom such waiver is asserted.
g) Fees and Costs: Each party hereto shall bear and pay its respective attorneys' and accountants' fees and all other costs incurred in this transaction.
h) Memorandum of Contract: At the request of either party, the parties agree that a memorandum of this Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "C", shall be recorded with the Office of the Recorder of Deeds in Kane County, Illinois. In the event either party requests the execution and recordation of said memorandum, the Purchaser shall execute and deliver to the Title Company a quit claim deed for the Real Estate in recordable form reasonably acceptable to the Seller for deposit into the strict joint order escrow holding the Earnest Money. Upon termination of this Agreement, if applicable, Purchaser shall direct the Title Company to deliver to the Seller said quit claim for the Real Estate, or in the event the Earnest Money is delivered to the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall direct the Title Company to deliver the quit claim deed deposited in the strict joint order escrow to the Seller.
20. EXPIRATION: The offer of the Purchaser contained herein shall automatically expire unless the, Purchaser receives a fully executed original of the Agreement on or before three (3) business days of delivery of executed original copy of this Agreement to Seller.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Purchaser have executed, this Real Estate Sale Contract the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
SELLER: |
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a
Delaware corporation |
|||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ ED RICHARDSON Title: Chairman |
PURCHASER: |
|
SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ CRAIG A. SHODEEN Title: Vice President |
9
EXHIBIT A
SITE PLAN OF REAL ESTATE
Parcel No(s) :
EXHIBIT B
ACCESS AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), and SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as "Invitee").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , Invitee wishes to purchase from Owner and Owner wishes to sell to Invitee certain real estate (hereinafter called the "Premises") contains 200 acres and located south of Keslinger Road, LaFox, Illinois, and depicted by cross hatching on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and for that purpose the parties have agreed that, Invitee and its consultants will have non exclusive access to the Premises, as provided in this Agreement to conduct investigations, and as a result thereof will have access to and will obtain certain information hereinafter defined as "Confidential Information."
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:
2. Access. Invitee shall notify Owner by contacting William Seils 630-640-3960 of any intended access to the Premises pursuant to this Access Agreement. Any access to the interior of the building located on the Premises or invasive testing of the Premises by Invitee shall require the presence of a employee or authorized representative of Owner. Owner shall make such employee or representative available at reasonable times upon prior notice.
3. Assumption of Risk. Invitee hereby assumes all risk connected with the entry into the Premises by Invitee's personnel and Invitee's property as such risk relates to Invitee's personnel and Invitee's property.
4. Indemnity. Invitee will indemnify, defend and hold Owner harmless from all losses, liabilities, damages, claims and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, expert fees,
2
consulting fees and courts costs) asserted against or incurred by Owner arising out of the entry upon or activities upon the Premises in connection with the Investigation contemplated by this Agreement.
5. Environmental Concerns. Invitee covenants to comply with all laws relating to Hazardous Materials with respect to the Premises. Invitee shall perform no invasive testing at the Premises without the prior consent of Owner.
6. Agreement to Maintain Confidentiality. Invitee and Invitee's personnel may utilize Confidential Information only for the purpose of evaluating the proposed transaction or in the event Invitee acquires all or part of the Premises, for any purpose for which landowners generally use such Confidential Information.
7. Insurance. Invitee and each environmental consultant, contractor or subcontractor of Invitee entering upon the Premises shall procure and maintain at all times at such person's sole cost and expense until termination of its liabilities and duties arising from this Agreement, insurance in amounts and coverages reasonably acceptable to Owner, and which names Owner and its mortgage, if applicable, as additional insureds.
8. Term. The rights granted herein shall commence on the date hereof and expire July 23, 2004.
9. Delivery of Reports. Upon Seller's request, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller copies of all reports, test results and other data obtained by the Purchaser in connection with its investigation of the Premises.
10. Restoration. In the event of any damage to the Premises, during the course of the inspection, Invitee agrees to repair such damage.
11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, both of which when taken together shall constitute a single original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have set their hands and seals this 8th day of June, 2004.
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a
Delaware corporation |
|||
|
|
By: |
/s/ ED RICHARDSON |
ITS: | Chairman | ||
|
|
SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ CRAIG A. SHODEEN |
ITS: | Vice President |
[EXECUTION PAGE OF ACCESS AGREEMENT]
3
EXHIBIT A
Depiction of Premises
EXHIBIT C
PREPARED BY AND AFTER
RECORDING RETURN TO: William B. Phillips, Esq. McParland & Phillips, L.L.C. 180 North Wacker Drive, Suite 300 Chicago, Illinois 60606 |
FOR RECORDERS USE ONLY |
MEMORANDUM OF CONTRACT
THIS MEMORANDUM OR CONTRACT made this 8th day of June, 2004 between RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller") and SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (the "Purchaser").
1. The Seller is the owner of fee simple title to the real estate shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Real Estate").
2. By Real Estate Sale Contract dated as of the 8th day of June, 2004, the Seller has agreed to sell the Real Estate to the Purchaser (the "Agreement") pursuant to the terms and conditions contained therein.
3. This Memorandum of Contract is made and recorded to give notice of the sale of the Real Estate pursuant to the Agreement, and all terms and provisions of the Agreement are incorporated herein by reference as though specifically set forth herein.
4. This instrument is only a Memorandum of Contract and does not contain all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement. In the event of any conflict between this Memorandum and the unrecorded Agreement, the Agreement shall control.
5. This Memorandum may be executed in counterparts, both of which shall constitute a single original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Memorandum of Contract as of the day and year first above written
SELLER: |
RICHARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a
Delaware corporation |
||
|
|
By: |
/s/ ED RICHARDSON Title: Chairman |
PURCHASER: |
|
SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ CRAIG A. SHODEEN Title: Vice President |
2
STATE OF ILLINOIS | ) | |||
) | SS. | |||
COUNTY OF | ) |
I, , a Notary Public in and for said County, in the State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that of RICARDSON ELECTRONICS, LTD., a Delaware corporation, personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such , appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that signed and delivered the said instrument as own free and voluntary act, and as the free and voluntary act of said Corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.
GIVEN under my hand and seal this day of , 2004.
Notary Public |
3
STATE OF ILLINOIS | ) | |||
) | SS. | |||
COUNTY OF KANE | ) |
I, , a Notary Public in and for said County, in the State aforesaid, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that , of SHODEEN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company, personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument as such , appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that signed and delivered the said instrument as own free and voluntary act, and as the free and voluntary act of said company, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.
GIVEN under my hand and seal this day of , 2004.
Notary Public |
4
EXHIBIT A
THE REAL ESTATE
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated July 2, 2003, except as to Note B as to which the date is January 22, 2004, in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 No. 333-113568) and related Prospectus of Richardson Electronics, Ltd. for the registration of 3,450,000 Shares of Common Stock.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP |
Chicago,
Illinois
June 14, 2004